Cornell Aniversity Library THE GIFT .OF Wee eal Cna..0.2y Crre., ee ok oS ae _ The dateshows when this volume was taken. All books not in use .z for instruction or re- Feet search are limited to four weeks to all bor- rowers. ~="“Periodicals of a gen- eral character should be returned as soon as ossible ; when needed AUG 4 3 beyond two weeks a : special request should ‘ JAN made. All student borrow- ers are limited to two weeks, with renewal privileges, when the book is not needed by others. Books not needed during recess periods should be returned to thelibrary, orarrange- ments made for their return during borrow- er’s absence, if wanted. Books needed by ‘more than one person belong on the reserve list. rE Hv Qontente :— 1 Brtimak Botrocluin oma Reptilia of Mouth Inuriea, 2: Tegner of Monrrmalra Sducobilra, 3, Adtastegy, of Tapireid Hipnchipes. fb Komstogine oR eromisl Somes of Reptilia. — § Siaqipeanes of RlLonentotngy 6. Gorin Q Hse Serene oh, Rechey Mevatoines. 1S, Brown of Rrocemalis Oeriduntolis, Whyte gical Younes rata Riven Shales. i". Risortete gical Bulldkime , No. 30. 18. inher @ Rrrvian Fmagmn. ee 4 VO Korman of Texan. UW. seein seu merigy eenter eager 26. Northonn Wels Semi 2b. Yankwbraka. of Rmion Remvetin of Wb. 21. Rrirrodactyle. 22 Mireeme dene. 29, Pdrotelegieol BMetina, No. 33. 30, Nammalio of Hit Loweat Goume. 31. Gocame Plagiowlacidar. 32. Fauna of Midkajach tone. BB, Nour Kype of Pinisardoct Qe. March 8, 1871.] 41 [Cope. SUPPLEMENT to the ‘“‘ Synopsis of the Extinct Batrachia and Reptilia of North America.” By E. D. Corps. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 3, 1871.) BATRACHIA. SAUROPLEURA REMEX, Cope. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. 1868, p. 217. 0. amphiunimus, Cope.. Trans. Am. Phil, Soc. 1869, 17 in parts. A fine specimen of this species recently sent me by Prof. Newberry, from Linton, Ohio, includes the vertebral column from the hind limbs to the end of the caudal series. One of the former is preserved and exhibits slender digits and other characters like those already described in the 8. pectinata, Having ascertained that the Oestocephalus amphiuminus pos- sesses no anterior limbs, I regard my reference of these species to that genus as premature, and will allow them to remain in Sawropleura, where I originally placed them. OESTOCEPHALUS AMPHIUMINUS, Cope. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1869, p. 17; 1. ¢. p. ii. The bones formerly regarded by me as referable to a nadinindtal fore limb in this genus, appear to be rather branchihyals, and indicate the ex-- istence of external branchie. COLOSTEUS SCUTELLATUS, Newb. Pygopterus scutellatus, Newberry, Proceed. Ac. Nat. Sci., Phil. 1856. Colosteus crassiscutatus, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1869, 238. The original description of this species by Prof. Newberry was over- looked, in preparing my account of it above quoted. MOSASAURID &. Liopon sEcToRIUS, Cope, sp. nov. Established on a large part of the under and upper jaw, and other parts of the cranium with a vertebra, from the green sand of the mapper bed of the Cretaceous of New Jersey. The character which at once distinguishes this species from other Liodons, and especially from all the species of Mosusaurus, is the very compressed form of the crowns of the teeth, which approach nearer in this respect to those of Diplotomodon, than any others that I have seen. The vertebra, a lumbar, has also subround articular faces, thus removing the species from close relationship to those with depressed vertebra, of some of which the teeth are unknown. In the present specimen crowns and pedestals of thirteen teeth are pre- served. Those of the mandible are most numerous, and display the suc- cessional modification of form from before backwards visible in other species of the family. The anterior teeth are less compressed, and have A. P. 8. —VOL XII—F “Cope. ] 42 [March 3, but one, an anterior, cutting edge, the posterior face being regularly convex. The inner face is much more convex than the outer, and the flatness of the latter is marked at the apex of the tooth by a short ridge which bounds it posteriorly. This is a trace of the bounding angle which extends to the basis of the crown in Mosasaurus. ‘lhe anterior cuttin 6 edge is in profile convex ; the posterior outline concave to near the tip. The cutting edge is acute, and beautifully ribbed on each side, but not properly denticulate. The surface of the tooth is not facetted, but the outer face exhibits the peculiarity of a longitudinal concavity, or shallow gvoove extending from the base to the middle of the crown. The enamel is polished, but under the microscope minutely and extensively striate vidged. This description is taken from the second or third from the anterior end of the maxillary bone. The third from the distal end of the -dentary is very similar. The crowns become rapidly more compressed as we pass backwards. From a broad oval section of two crown bases, we reach a flattened oval crown, with the cutting edge sharp behind as well as before, and minutely tibbed. The crown is not facetted, and is more convex interiorly than exteriorly. The exterior convexity is chiefly anterior ; the posterior face is slightly concave from the open groove already described as present in the anterior teeth. In two posterior crowns, one still more clongate in ‘section, the external concavity becomes flatter and includes a great part of the outer face. A tooth still more posterior presents the peculiarity -of the species in the strongest light. The crown is still more compressed, ‘directed backwards, and only .25 higher than wide antero-posteriorly at the base. The latter is a little over twice the transverse diameter just behind the middle. The surface presents the characters described in ofhers. The outer concave surface is wide and shallow, and contributes to the attenuation of the posterior half of the tooth rather than the an- terior, which is consequently thicker. The cutting edges are sharp, the anterior convex and retreating backwards to the rather obtuse apex ; the posterior convex above, concave below. The exposed parts of the dental pedestals are frustra of cones, neither swollen nor concave. Measurements. M. Third superior maxillary length crown............0...0005 0.083 «height crown and pedestal. .............0 cee e eee 048 ““ Jongitudinal diamcter base crown............0..000 02 OO SPNAMSVORS sauce al a Aanis Saata lentes naaiels tee W a te 013 ‘Hixthideitiry, lousitudinal.o25 s:acacxvsesnsdeousseeand 024 ae ne UUAMISVERSCire ice 44 445 Shiai D dae ars Hiadene dares -014 Eleventh dentary height crown .............0ce cece eee 084 ee height crown and pedestal..............0.0000e 0505 ee longitudinal diameter basis crown.............5 .026 ce TRANSVOPSC) aac. tks eeu sg Mee Aes oo EERE Seeks 014 “The articular bone is perhaps .66 the size of that of Mosasaurus dekayi ‘AST1.J 43 en -and presents less powerful development of the interior ridge for the pterygoid muscle. The cotylus descends abruptly behind it. The coro- noid bone exhibits the usual anterior fissure. ‘Che rolled front margin of the ascending portion is thickened. The superior surface of the anterior part of the frontal bone, is lumpy and with some shallow pits ; the outer face of the articular is smooth. The vertebra preserved is a posterior lumbar, and is injured; the anterior articular face is nearly round. Its ‘vertical diameter is M.058. Length of centrum M.058. The forms of the teeth distinguish the Léodon sectorius from the species of Mosasaurus, and that of the vertebra, from such species as Liodon perlatus, Cope, and L. dyspelor, Cope. There remain to compare with it, L. proriger, Cope; I. mitehillii, Dekay ; L. laevis, Owen; L. congrops, Cope; L. ictericus, Cope; and L. mudget, Cope. In size it will only ‘compare with the first two species, being from twice to four times as large as any of the remaining four. The flattened teeth distinguish it at once from JL. éctericws, and the abrupt rising superior margin of the articular bone, from the %. mudget, where the upper and lower margins are for some distance parallel. The less compressed vertebral centrum ‘distinguishes it from £. laevis. From the two large species, dental characters separate it. Thus in L. proriger the teeth are less compressed, and are fucetted, especially the anterior ones, with concave grooves sep- arated by obtuse ribs. In AL mitehilidé the teeth present more similarity, but are abundantly distinct. They are much less compressed, even where the posterior cutting edge is strongly developed, the external face is con- vex to the apex and without concave or flat facet ; it is narrower at the base as. compared with the height, and has an incurvature not seen in this Liodon. The enamel is smooth, and not striate under the glass. This'and the ZL. mitchillé ave the largest Liodons of the Eastern cre-~ taceous. I have recently obtained three anterior dorsal vertebrae and a tooth of the latter, from the lower bed of cretaceous green sand near Freehold, N. J. The vertebree rival in size those of Mosasaurus dekayt, but are of a more clongate form. The articular extremities are cordiform and nearly round, the posterior with the smooth neck band just in front of its margin. In front of this, the surface is sharply striate, especially on the inferivr aspect ; the same appears on the bascs of the diapophysis. ‘The tooth is like one of those described by Leidy. (Cret. Rept. Pl. XI.) The Liodon sectorius was obtained by Judson C, Gaskill, from the marl pits of the Pemberton Marl Co., at Birmingham, N. J., and liberally placed at my disposal by him. ADOCIDA!. The species of this family display considerable differences in the nature of the sutures of the bones of the plastron. In the thickest species the sutures are fine and the processes very smal]. This is especially the case with Adocus pectoralts. In .A. beatus which is thinner, the sutures are coarser, but without gomphosis; that between the hyo- and hyposternal elements looking as though a slight mobility existed in life, as I have Cope.) 44 [March 3,. observed in a former article. In A. syntheticus the sutures are a little coarser, and in A. ag?lis a further increase is seen, but with but little gomphosis. In A. pravus, according to Leidy, there is a little gomphosis, but how much is not ascertainable from his figure and description. In _ Homorophus insuctus, a stouter turtle, the gompbosis is very strong, especially in the longitudinal sutures, where the teeth are long and stout. In Zygoramma this coarseness of gomphbosis reaches a maximum, being. strong in all the sutures of the two species, except the anterior meso- sternal of ZYGORAMMA MICROGLYPHA, Cope, sp. nov. This large species is represented by the greater part of plastron and half of carapace, with four marginal bones, of an individual from the New Jersey cretaceous, of two and a half feet in length. Its discovery is interesting as enabling me to refer this genus to the Adocide without doubt, a point which the specimens of the original species, Z. stréatula,. Cope, left uncertain.* The episternal bone displays beautifully the wide intergular scutum separating the lateral reduced gulars. The postabdom- inal bone displays the swellings corresponding to the pubis and ischium. The pectoral dermal scuta advance medially on the posterior part of the mesosternal bone. These characters are those of Adocus. On the other hand there is not satisfactory indication of the intermarginal scuta, though they may exist, and the free marginal bones anterior to the bridge display the double articulation, by suture and gomphosis characteristic of Zygo- ramma. It might be here observed that it is possible that this structure will be found tu exist in species at present referred to Adocus, A. agilis,. for example, where the marginal bones are unknown. This species is one of those in which the mesosternal is received in the very open emargination of the hyosternals, a character indicating the breadth of the former, and seen in A. agilis and A. syntheticus. The bones are relatively thin, the marginals light and gently recurved. The anterior lobe of the plastron is truncate, the straight anterior margin grooved lengthwise. The posterior lobe is regularly contracted, and: rounded, and with thin edge. The xiphisternal and hyosternal of the right side have each an oblique sutural union with the hyposternal of the left. The mesosternal is broader than long. the posterior margin broadly. truncate, the latero-posterior curved sigmoidally, the anterior regularly convex. The episternal is but moderately thickened. The parts of the- hyposternals on the bridge are nearly in the plane of the rest of the plastron. The marginal bones near those of the bridge have a thickened shoulder above within, into which the slender costal processes are received : they thin out rapidly and are gently everted distally. More distal marginals. are lighter and more everted. The bones of the carapace include three vertebrals and numerous ‘costals. The latter display very weak capitular processes, but in none are they entirely absent. Neither they nor the vertebrals are thickened. The * Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1870, 559, 1871.] 45 [Cope. -vertebrals are short coffin-shaped, concave or emarginate in front; a stout laminar neural spine supports the vertebra below. The sculpture of all the bones is a delicate impressed punctation, the ‘impressions forming lines or delicate grooves in some places. These run -obliquely across some of the costals and marginals, and sublongitudinally on the posterior lobe of the plastron. The corneous scuta have left dis- tinct impressions. The marginals extended on to the costal bones at the place of the fiee marginal bones. The vertebrals were a little longer than wide, witb bracket shaped lateral sutures, and openly emarginate below. The intergular plate was pentagonal, with straight sides, and broader than long. The gulars are short and not prolonged very far on the outer margin of the plastron. The pectorals are narrowed laterally, and present a convex median outline on the mesosternum. The abdomino- femoral suture crosses a little behind the middle of the hyposternal bone. The median longitudinal suture winds from side to side on the posterior lobe in the most erratic fashion, abnormally no doubt, and the suture for the anals is anterior, convex in front, sigmoid at the sides. Measurements. M. Length of plastron (restored)...............-. ancemies es 0.457 “ from front to postabdominal suture............... .B4 es eS to (right) hyposternal..... Maem ne 195 ve ee to hyosternal.......... ee -104 a ss to mesosternal....... 6... cee cece eee -038 Width at mesosternal...... 0... cece cece eee ee eee eect 194 “of Mee) oisaalenare Goch wiaiala mane t AedNens ee. ete tasta 095 ‘¢ at postabdominal suture........... da Geddes nai ohse Aree 22 Thickness of mesosternal behind.................2..05.. -0116 a of hyposternal medially...........+...ee ee eee .0158 Width of average costal at vert. scute suture..........-.- 055 Thickness of same.... 2.0... 0. ee eee eect eee eee 011 Total length adjacent vertebral. ................-5----55 066 Gréatest Widthicsc sos ccauieeetesssedesesee oh e8 saeagtecien 036 Width do. at end. ... 2.0... cece cee cece eee eee eens 022 Length of first free marginal from bridge.... ........-.-- 0655 Width Of dO: cessed scars ngiows eseadeneeiass Bacar tesla .10 Thickness proximally.........66 eee ee cere eee eee eee 0175 me of a free marginal proximally..........--.-++++ 01 Width es heh BEL Ree ageneeceain 075 Length i fe ibstesailons eeneatieaaes tals 0548 The type specimen of this species is about twice the size of that of Z. striatula. It also differs in some respects which might be attributed to age, as the greater recurvature of the marginal bones and the greater ex- tent or prolongation of the thickening on the inside of the marginals next the bridge. But there are others which appear to be specific. Thus there is very little evidence of cross-union of sternal elements in the Z. strtatula, and the sculpture is twice as coarse and so much more marked. Cope. ] / 46 (March. 3,. The pegs of the costal gomphosis are absolutely twice as large, and. relatively still larger. I therefore believe this specimen to represent another species. Besides the sutural characters, those of the intergular scuta separate this species from Adocus beatus. In the latter that scute is urceolate, and the gulars sickle-shaped, being produced backwards on the: margins of the episternal or clavicular bones. In A. syntheticus the intergular is narrower. and convex behind, the mesosternum is angulate posteriorly, and the plastron much thicker. In A. agéids the plastron is nearly similar in thickness, but the mesosternum is angulate behind, and is narrower, and the sculpture very much coarser. The Z. mécroglypha was found by my friend, Judson Gaskill, in the- marl excavations under his direction, at Birmingham, N. J. AGOMPIIUS, Cope. This name is proposed for a genus of Testudinata heretofore not recog- nized. It appears to belong to the Emydidaw so far as known, but to differ from them in lacking the articulation of costal and marginal bones by gomphosis, characteristic of the existing genera of the family. It does not appear to differ in any other point so far as known. The type species is Agomphus turgidus, Cope (Amys Trans. Amer. Phila,, 1870, 127) ; others from the cretaceous of New Jersey are A. firmus, Leidy (1. ¢.. 126) and A. petrosus, Cope, (1. c. 126). (2) PROPLEURID &, Cope. Séllim. Amer. Journ. Set. Arts, 1870, (4) 137-8. CATAPLEURA PONDEROSA, Cope, spec. noy. This turtle is represented by two posterior marginal bones, six costals, . a hyposternal, scapula and procoracoid, and femur and humerus, all more or less fractured. The marginals are the caudal, and adjoining one of the right side. They both present a suture for the pygal vertebral, and the lateral pre-. sents also a pit for articulation by gomphosis with the last costal bone. They are of heavier form than those of any other species of the group. The hyposternal has lad no sutural union with the hyosternal unless ex- teriorly ; this, if existing, has been slight. The shaft of the humerus is contracted and nearly cylindrical; the great trochanter of the femur is little elevated, and not continuous in the piane of the head, but separated, from it by a depression, The above characters express the generic relationships of this type. The gomphosis with the last lateral marginal, as weil as the lack of union of the lateral elements of the sternum separates it from Osteopygis ; their union is more extensive than in Propleura sopita. This would not prevent the generic unity of the two, were it not for the additional characters of a slender shafted humerus, and probably broad short mandible with long symphysis. In P. sopita the rami are slender, and the sympysis short. The characters are much like those of Catapleura repanda, and I arrange it with that species until better information compels a change. 1871.] 47 [Cope. The caudal marginal is strongly concave below, convex above, the- margin little recurved. The anterior outline is convex medially, with straight continuations at right angles to each Jateral suture. Insectivora. Itis possible that the genus Diacodon Cope belongs here also; its species resemble Chiroptera in the inferior dentition, and are of small size. The genus Mesonyx,' which I discovered | in the Bridger beds of Wyoming, cannot be referred to the Creo-~ donta as here constituted, since the trochlear face of the astragalus is completely grooved ‘above as in the true Carnivora, and its ’ distal end presents two distinct facets, one for the cuboid and the other for the navicular bones. It represents ¢ on this account a peculiar family, the Mesonychide. To the Creodonta must be referred the genera Pterodon and. Palzonictis of De Blainville, from the French Eocene. This author and Pomel placed them in the Marsupialia, but Professor : Gervais remarks (Geologie et Paleontologie Frangaise) that the evidence is insufficient for such a course. Here also doubtless belong supposed Carnivora from the Wyoming Eocene, stated by Marsh to be allied to the Viverride. The remarkable type first introduced to the notice of. paleonto- logists by Leidy, represented by the genera Anchippodus, Ecto- ganus, etc., has been looked upon as an order of Mammalia ‘by Marsh, and termed the Tillodontia. He gives,’ as its characters, the possession of claws, plantigrade feet with five toes, a third trochanter of the femur, and separate scaphoid and lunar bones. | Also, that the dentition is characterized by “ molars of the ungu- late type,” small canines, and large scalpriform incisors in both jaws, faced with enamel and growing from persistent pulps as in the Rodentia. He says this order “seems to combine characters of the orders of carnivores, ungulates, and rodents.” Except in the dentition, the definition above given applies to the Creodonta; and an analysis of the dentition shows so many points of resemblance as to render it ‘probable that they pertain to the same order of Mammalia. Also, except in the dentition, the characters given by Prof. Marsh do not differ from those of the Insectivora. ‘The structure of the superior molars is not in- consistent with the same order, and the small canines and large incisors are even more like those of most Insectivora than are Creodonta. The singular form of these incisors, and their growth from persistent pulps, is rather characteristic of Rodentia. The transverse or tubercular premolars also distinguish this group from both the Creodonta and the true Insectivora. The defini- tions of the order and sub-orders will then be as follows :— ' Ann. Rept. U. 8. Geol. Surv.. Terrs., 1872, Dp. 550. 2 Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1875, 231.. - - 4 Insectivora.— Mammalia with small cerebral hemispheres which do not cover the olfactory lobes, nor the cerebellum; with numer- ous clawed digits, and a third trochanter of the femur; with a transverse glenoid cavity for the mandible. Superior incisors normal, not growing from persistent pulps; canines large; premolars compressed. Astragalus not grooved above, articulating with the cuboid as well as the navicular ; five toes on the hind foot ; Creodonta. : Superior incisors large, growing from persistent pulps, and without enamel on the sides ; superior canines small when present ; premolars wide or tubercular ; Tillodonta. These suborders of the order Insectivora do not differ among themselves more than do those of the Marsupialia, and constitute a series of parallels with them. Thus the Creodonta resemble the Sarcophaga, the Insectivora vera the Entomophaga, and the Tillo- donta the Rhizophaga, typified by Phascolomys. The genera of the Creodonta differ as follows :— I. First and third inferior true molars without internal cusp. Last superior molar longitudinal; last inferior molar carnassial ; Amblocionus. II. Inferior carnassials with interior tubercle; no tubercular molar; last superior molar transverse. Three tubercular carnassials ;? Stypolophus. Two tubercular carnassials ; Oxyena. III. Inferior carnassial with interior tubercle; a tubercular molar. One tubercular carnassial ; Didymictis. The number of toes on the hind foot cannot be certainly stated in all the genera, but in Stypolophus hians and another species there were probably five, the inner being of reduced size. There is present in those species an ento-cuneiform bone which resem- bles that of Canis; it is compressed, with one truncate concave terminal facet, and an internal oblique one at the opposite and proximal extremity. The form of the truncate articular face of the distal end indicates the existence of an inner metatarsal bone of moderate proportions, which probably supported a small hallux. This thumb could not be opposable as in the opossum. In general appearance the Creodonta differed from the Carnivora, in many of the species at least, in the small relative size of the limbs as compared with that of the head, and in some instances, as compared with the size of the hind feet. The feet were probably plantigrade, and the posterior ones capable of some degree of rotation. The probable large size of the rectus femoris muscle indicates unusual power of extension of the hind limb. They were furnished with a long and large tail. Probably some of the species resembled in proportions the Mythomys and Solenodon, now exist- ingin Africa and the West Indies, but they mostly attained a much larger size. Published December 22, 1875. ! For i meaning of these expressions, see Syst. Cat. Eoc., New Mexico, 1875, p. 6 1877. 573 foe. PALEONTOLOGICAL BULLETIN No. 24. A continuation of Researches among the Batrachia of the Coal Measures of Ohio. 3 ~~ By E. D. Cops. ‘ (Read before the American Philosophical Society, February 3, 1877.) The material described in the following pages was obtained from the coal strata at Linton, Ohio, during the Summer of 1876, by Prof. J. 8. Newberry, Director of the Geological Survey of Ohio. ICHTHYCANTHUS OHIENSIS. Cope. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen. These are derived from the posterior dorsal and caudal vertebre, with adjacent parts. Posterior limbs well developed, with dis- tinct tibia and fibula, osseous tarsus, and probably five digits. Ribs elon- gate, simple, curved. Abdominal armature consisting of bristle-like rods in anteriorly directed chevrons. Dorsal vertebre not elongate, with sim- ple neural spines. Tail large, its vertebre ossified, and furnished with slender chevron bones which terminate in a hemal spine. Neural spines slender and directed backwards; the caudal series somewhat resembling that of a fish. All the centra amphiceelian. . This genus differs from all those with enlarged and sculptured neural spines, and from those with abdominal scuta. It is equally distinct from those without ribs, abdominal rods, or limbs. It is possible that some of the species referred to Tuditanus, in which these parts are unknown, may. belong to it, or that it may be established on a small species of Leptophrac- PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 800. XVI. 99. 387 Cope. | 574 [Feb. 3, tus, a genus only known as yet from cranial remains. With present knowl- edge the reference of the J. ohdensis to the latter genus is inadmissable. The cranium, thoracic region, and fore-limbs of Ichthycanthus are unknown. Char. Specif. The centra of the dorsal vertebre are about as long as deep, and their sides are deeply concave: there are four anterior to the pelvis which are without ribs. The caudal vertebre are robust, and seven from the first, support a small tubercule-like diapophysis. The chevron bones are short and acuminate; the neural spines are a little shorter, nar- row and truncate, and directed backwards at the same angle as the chevron bones. They are much reduced on the eighteenth caudal vertebra, where the chevron bones are considerably longer. The abdominal rods are quite slender. The hind limb is quite stout for this order. The femur is regularly expanded at both extremities, but the distal is deeply and openly grooved, distinguishing the condyles, while the proximal end is plane. There is no trochanter visible.. The ulna and ra- dius are well separated, and are three-fifths the length of the femur. There is a large fibulare tarsal bone of a subquadrate outline. In immediate con- tact with it is the probably external digit with five phalanges or segments ; the ungual is simply conic. The femur is as long as five dorsal vertebre. The ribs have expanded, undivided heads, and extend to the abdominal armature. Measurements. M. Length of last ten dorsal vertebrae. ............200. 00 -047 af «first twenty-three caudal vertebre........-.. -117 ee “@ posterior Tibises+s TSE 28s “« « to end of snout......-.. 0... 000 003 oe “lateral pectoral shield. ..... 0.2.6. .22eeeeeee 015 | AM@GIEIS) coc gncakeies sha4 cau Mais ee Me deme oes 004 Widtlic 8-8 ce. came disuiaind 2 Ake Ber annei dues 004 This species of Tuditanus differs from the T. radiatus in the larger and less anteriorly placed orbits, and in the large truncate posterior table of the ‘skull. The proportions of the latter are more those of P. obtusus, but the epiotic angles have not been observed in this species, the sculpture is punc- tate not linear, and the form of the supraoccipital is quite different. Com- parison with the other species referred to that genus is unnecessary, ex- cepting in the case of the 7. mordax. Further examination of the speci- men on which the latter was founded leads to the belief that it isan imper- fect cranium of Oeraterpeton punctolineatum Cope. The latter name, as the preferable one, may be adopted, and the former becomes a synonym. CoLOSTEUS SCUTELLATUS, Newberry; Cope, Rept. Geol. Surv. Ohio, Paleontology Vol. II, p. 407. Another specimen of this species was obtained by Prof. Newberry during the past season, which includes some parts of the skeleton not previously observed. The specimen presents a superior view of the ventral and thoracic pro- tective armature, and of the posterior portion of the cranium. As hereto- fore, I find no indications of vertebra, but along one side of the ventral scutellation, a series of slender ribs lies in the matrix. These I have not previously found in this genus. The cranial surface is only preserved on the lateral portions. Its sculpture consists of coarse grooves closely placed, directed outwards and forwards. 1877.] 579 [Cope. On a Dinosaurian from the Trias of Utah. By E. D. Cops. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, February 16th, 1877.) DystropHaus, Cope. This genus reposes on scanty remains, but which are in good preserva- tion, and which present marked characters. The bones consist of the hu- merus, three metatarsals, some ?tarsals, and the distal end of an ?ulna, with a probable sternum and an inferior element of either the scapular or pelvic arch, probably the latter. There is also a number of fragments, which are not easily identified. The specimens were discovered by Prof. J. 8. Newberry in South-eastern Utah, while acting as Geologist to the Engineer Exploring Expedition under the command of Captain McComb, United States Army, He excavated them from the red and green rocks usually referred to the Trias, hence from the same formation which yielded the Typothorax already described. Professor Newberry made sketches of the bones as he exposed them. They were all, he states, found in close proximity. the bones of the limb in nearly normal relation. It is alto- gether probable, according to Professor Newberry, that they belong to a single animal. I find nothing to forbid this supposition and much to con- firm it. One of the most remarkable bones is a broad, flat element, one of whose borders is digitate, the processes being long, and separated by deeply entrant sinuses. Two sides of the bone are broken away, but the others give ori- gin to five digitiform processes. Two of these are larger and longer than the others, and externally on the right side is a shorter one. Outside of this is a larger process whose extremity is recurved so as to be subparallel with the longer processes, and which was connected with another bone by an articular surface. This information is derived from Prof. Newberry’s notes made in the field. It is probable that this bone is the sternum, and that the articulation mentioned is costal. It is not certain whether the longitudinal meridian line passes through a sinus or a digitation, but a pro- jection of the surface of the plate, which is probably median, is opposite one of the latter. Supposing then that the sternum is produced into a median posterior process, we find a resemblance to the corresponding ele- ment in many birds not heretofore known among reptiles. Thereare in that case three postero-externally directed processes on each side, of which the two posterior are free. Another interpretation might be that it is a cora- coid with anterior digitatiors. In this case the articulation above men- tioned would be anomalous. The number of digitations is too great for this element, and the space remaining for contact with the sternum is too small. Another large flat bone approximates a right-angled triangle in form, the length greatly exceeding the width. The right-angle is massive and Cope.] 580 (Feb. 16, produced, and is evidently the point of connection with the other parts of the skeleton. The bone is flat on one side and convex on the other, and can only be identified with probability, with the scapula of a Dinosaurian reptile. The large size of the anterior limb, which might be inferred from this scapula, is justified by the humerus, which is preserved in almost perfect condition. This humerus is one of the longest, and is distally the most contracted known in the Dinosauria,; the proximal extremity is of the form usual in that order. A short distance below the head, the section is T- shaped, with one end of the transverse limb shorter than the other. The ridge of which this limb is a section, is almost wanting at the head, which is thus I-shaped, The limb representing the stem of the T is stouter than the others, and forms the summit of a massive column, which soon sinks into the shaft. Its free extremity is obtuse and rounded, and though repre- senting the head. does not rise above the level of the other crests, or tuber- osities. The distal extremity of the humerus looks ‘much like that of a tibia. It is truncate, and its long axis is in the plane of the tuberosities of the head. Its outline is oval, one end narrowed to an angle, and the other broadly rounded. The surface is roughened with coarse pits. : The distal extremity of another long bone, most probably the ulna, is more robust than that of the humerus. The shaft is a flattened oval, and the articular extremity is a wide and somewhat irregular oval, the greatest transverse diameter being nearer one end. The articular surface is roughened with coarse pits. Three metatarsals were found in immediate proximity to each ati two in nearly their normal relations, and one slipped forwards. They are neither remarkable for length nor abbreviation. The proximal ends are truncate, and the distal ones convex, but without distinct median grooves or lateral angles. Both extremities are moderately expanded, and the shafts are contracted at the middle. The external bone is a little shorter than the two others, and is more flattened. It has a slightly-defined con- vex head, with an adjacent prominent, but ill-defined, lateral crest. The larger of the longer bones has acrest at one angle, like that of an olecranon process. The proximal end of the same bone is massive, and is trapezoidal in outline ; the outline of the corresponding head of the adjacent bone is triangular. A marked character of these bones is the rough or pitted sur- face of their articular extremities, except the distal end of the shorter bone. The shafts are solid, and filled with nearly equal, coarse cancelli. The bones above described are evidently those of a Dinosaurian reptile, and they present characters which have not been previously observed in any other genus of the order. The form of the condyles of the humerus distinguishes it from the other known genera, especially from those of the European Trias, where the crest is weak or wanting. The rugose articular surfaces are also peculiar, indicating less than the usual mutual movement of the bones upon each other. A cartilaginous cap is indicated, which was probably the element from which the mam- 1877.) 58 1 ICope. malian cpiphysis was derived. The sculpture of the surfaces is coarser than that to which epiphyses are attached in the Mammalia. The name of the genus expresses this character. It is altogether probable that this genus embraced terrestrial animals, with powerful fore- and hind-limbs subequally developed. The typical species is of gigantic proportions. DYSTROPHAUS VIEZMALA&, Cope. Tn the supposed sternum of this animal (which I have not seen, but which was sketched by Professor Newberry), a rather small, slender and compressed process projects from near the middle of one of the sides at right angles to it. Only two of the lateral processes are represented as complete. The longer is subspatulate ; the shorter subacuminate. The scapula pre- sents three complete borders, —the proximal and two lateral ; but the distal is not known. Without it, the length is two and one-half times the breadth. The point of junction of the longer (and perfect) short border with one of the long borders, is much thickened, terminating in a mass of bone ‘which is unfortunately broken, but whose section in the line of the end border is a wide oval. From this point, the plate thins away to the various borders. The greatest thickness is nearer the border which terminates in the en- largement described. This surface is then gently convex in transverse sec- tion, while the opposite one is concave toa less degree. It is thicker at the middle than at the anterior border in a longitudinal direction. The proximal extremity of the humerus is much expanded. The greater tuberosity is a huge crest, as prominent as the head, and separated from it by a marked concavity which constricts the mass connecting it with the head, thus forming a neck. This concavity extends about one-third the length of the shaft. On the opposite side of the head a similar concavity excavates the shaft, separating the internal from the interior ridge. The latter is in its middle portion as prominent as the external ridge, and ex- tends as far downwards. , The extensive external face of this part of the bone is nearly flat. The internal ridge descending from the head, continues into the poste- rior border of the interior face of the shaft. The great tuberosity continues into the single external ridge of the shaft, which is thus near the middle tri- angular in section, the base of the triangle internal. The external extremity of the distal end is therefore an angle, and the interna! a convex side, shorter than the anterior and posterior sides. A ligamentous groove marks the posterior border of the extremity at a point measuring one-third of its jength from the externai angle. The expanse of the distal extremity is not more than three-fourths that of the proximal. The entire bone so resem- bles a tibia, as to have induced me to refer it at first to that element. The characters of the proximal end are such as to render such identification highly improbable. Such reference would also require that the distal ex- tremity should have afore and aft direction, an arrangement incompatible with the tibia. ; PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XVI. 99. 3U Cope.] 582 [Feb. 16, The displaced metacarpal is flattened, and expanded at the extremities. One side is nearly flat, but slightly concave in the longitudinal direction; the other side is convex and nearly level in the longitudinal direction, The lateral borders of the shaft are thus narrowed. The distal end displays a convex condyle, and a flat, prominent ala, which is in the general plane. The ala is separated from the condyle by a deep groove on the convex side, The condyle is a half-hemisphere only, presenting only with. the convex side of the shaft, from which it is not separated by a constriction. It is _ bounded at its distal edge by an angle, which is a continuation of the proximal edge of the ala. The proximal extremity is injured at one angle, but, with this complete, would be nearly a regular rhomboid with parallel longer and shorter outlines; the acute angle of the latter being the con- tinuation of the lateral border of the shaft. The extremity is subtruncate, and part of the surface is irregularly excavated by pits and grooves. The transverse extent of the proximal end, when perfect, was probably a little greater than that of the distal. The two adjacent metacarpals are subequal in length, and longer than the displaced one by one-fourth the length of the latter. One of these bones is throughout rather thicker than the other, although the transverse diameter of the shafts is equal; but the stouter bone is considerably more dilated at the extremities. The distal end of the stouter bone is thickened in the direction at right angles to the plane of the limb ; but the chief expansion isin that plane. The angle next to the other bone is protuberant, while the other angle is expanded into a sharp, convex crest, or ala. A section of this extremity is diamond-shaped, with one of the lateral planes pro- duced into this crest, while the corresponding border of the opposite side drops down, being represented by a mere convexity of the surface which continues to the crest. The surface of the extremity is irregular. The section of the shaft is a broad oval, becoming subcircular near the proximal extremity. The latter is enlarged in both directions. It is a rectangle in _ outline, a little extended in the plane of the limb, with one of the angles cut off from the corresponding angle to the middle of one side. The long side thus left is slightly convex, and ends in an angle. The side subtended by this angle is slightly concave, and is approximated to the other bone, The opposite side is slightly emarginate near the middle. Its surface . very slightly convex, and is irregularly grooved and pitted. The more slender of the two bones is but little and about equally ex- panded at the opposite extremities. The distal end would have an ovoid section, but for the fact that it is obliquely truncate at the extremity next to the other bone. It is convex in the antero-posterior direction and plane in the transverse ; its surface is grooved and pitted. The side next to the other bone is flat or slightly concave at the distal end, and, though thicker than the external border, becomes rounded at the middle of the shaft, and is again flattened at the proximal extremity. The external border is dis- tally produced into an obtuse angle; lower down, the shaft has a thin, angular border. The proximal end has less antero-posterior diameter than 1877.) 583 (Cope. the distal, and is subtriangular in outline ; the apex being acute and ex- ternal. The surface is flat, and is strongly marked with deep grooves. The other surfaces of the limb-bones are smovth, except a few weak ridges ‘near the distal ends of the two distal bones. Meusurements. , M. Length-of part of scapula preserved...............00% 0.680 Width at middle..... said a ac uraiavabidie's oe vusnaalnatare een eoialeee 0.270 Thickness at middle.............ce cece e een ee fies 0.048 Thickness at proximal angle.............c0cececeeues 0.117 Total length of humerus..............ceceeeeeee econ: 0.765 5 ty ORE: ac atom dw ete esis 0.080 D roximal iM iaingter ef proximal end at tuberostties........ 000. 0.225 a: 5 tero-posterior....... ..... eee eee 0.080 D { an p femeter an euaD GANS VERS O25. yacht saz ace dissendcs Sox Saves 0's 0.078 Dinter of aistal ona { antero posterior............. 0.085 : : ’ transverse: ........... 02.005 0.145 Transverse diameter of head of humerus.............. 0.160 Diner f ‘ antero-posterior. .... 0,110 iameter of extremity of ? ulna { Premiere. cc. ccles 0.150 Length of external metacarpal...............0000euee 0.210 ° Proinal dismeter { antero-posterior........... feeeees 0.045 LGPensVerbe...04 sue weiereseasseee 0.100 A antero-posterior... ........00 eee eee 0.033 Dismetes renal { PPADS VGLRC: esd. siasiseine 6.5 os aude eae 0.067 i é tero-posterior...........006 xed 0.050 D { an Het eistelly GYANISVOTSO: oc: 3) side so cf ces Raven wigiersss Si 0.115 Length of median metacarpal (stouter).............005 0.245 fo “Posterior. .... cs. eee eee 057 Di ‘ ; ({ antero-posterior.......... 0 ee tAMSVETSE, 66.6 -e eee eee eee 0.115 Diameter of shaft (transverse)............0-0cee eee 0.055 - HO Beets tei retatioscers sei 0.074 Di ce diets rf antero-posterior. ......... eee eee : peameter distally LPANSVETSEnewgic daegarmiert ee oaeaediere 0.088 Length of median metacarpal (slender)............-4+ 0.240 ‘ bale f antero-posterior........... 0.057 pEmeere proxtnal anh Utransverse ........005 bates 0.089 Diameter of shaft (transverse)..........0c ec eeee eee ee 0.049 ‘ omy antero-posterior. .........eeeeeeece 0.041 Chana te tetany { WANS V CVSC ss, iaciss. ¢ iedeas sea tenet 0.083 More than usual interest attaches to this fossil. It is the first one found in the Triassic beds of the Rocky Mountain region, and was derived from an inhospitable region rarely traversed by white men. The locality is in ‘the Painted Canyon not far from the Sierra Abajo in South-eastern Utah, near the Colorado boundary ; lat. 889 15’; lon. 110°. This canyon is one of those tributary to the Great Colorado River, and is without water. The rock is ‘described by Prof. Newberry as the same as that which I Cope,] 584 [March 2, have identified in New Mexico as the Trias, and is of the usual red color. The occurrence of a terrestial Dinosaurian at that locality tends to con- firm the conclusion to which I have already attained, that this immensely extended deposit is of lacustrine character. On a New Proboscidian. By E. D. Cops. ‘ (Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 2, 1877.) I recently received from a correspondent in one of the Southern States, a fossil of unusual interest. It is a molar tooth of a proboscidian, whose color and mineral character indicate that it was derived from beds of the Upper Miocene or Loup Fork epoch. Its roots are largely broken away, while the crown is nearly perfect. The crown consists chiefly of two transverse crests, which are separated by a deep uninterrupted valley. There is no general cingulum. Each crest is divided into three lobes, which are not deeply separated, but cause the edge of the crest to be serrate with three conie eminences. Of these the median apex has a rounder section, while the lateral are more trans- verse, rising at the external borders like the extremities of the crests in Mastodon ohioticus. The appearance of the base of the crown at one ex- tremity indicates that it was in contact with the preceding tooth. The opposite extremity of the base presents no such surface, and hence points to the conclusion that the tooth is the last one of the series. From the middle cone of the anterior crest a cingulum descends on each side, passing round the anterior base of the external cones. It is wanting at the ex- tremity of the base of one of these, and little developed on the other, but they reappear on the side of the base bounding the valley. They are crenately tubercular, except at the base of the median anterior tubercle. There is no cingulum at the base of the posterior crest, except the ordinary filling between the bases of the lobes. One of the extremities of the crests is a little higher than the other, and the basis is a little wider than at the other end ; it is therefore probably external in position. At the posterior base of this end isa fractured surface indicating a cingular tubercle of stout proportions, such as is more in place at the external posterior angle of the last superior molar than in any other tooth. The external cone is defined from the median by a fissure, while a better defined depression separates the median from the internal. This depres- sion is filled by a worn tubercle in the anterior crest. Ridges descend along the adjacent borders of the constituent cones nearly to the fundus of the valley, and the bases of the external ones are considerably wrinkled. Measurements. M. Transverse diameter Of CrOWD....... eee cere ee eeee renee -130 Longitudinal “ ‘© jnternal.........-eee2ee2 .070 ss es 6 @xlermals.cc4coscesend ex -090 1877.] 585 (Cope. Elevation of external cusp....... 0... sees eee eee eee ees 065 ms internal ‘* ......... Sihuss abalelsdgidussatieds 0355 Length between apices of external cusps............... 043 The molar tooth described exceeds in transverse dimensions that of the Mastodon ohioticus, and evidently belonged to one of the most colossal of land animals. Its generic position is near to Mastodon and Dinotherium, but if the tooth on which my observations are based be complete, it is distinct from either. The possession of only two transverse crests separates it from the former, and would, were the tooth an anterior molar, refer it to the latter. As it appears to be a posterior molar, this view of its affinity becomes untenable, and I therefore establish for it a new genus, under the name CHNOBASILEUS. The tooth described resembles that of the genus Tapirus, but differs in the absence of the external trihedral enlargement of the cross crests seen in the superior molars of the former, and also in| the tubercular and fissured character of the crests proper. The species may be called (@. tremontigerus. The typical specimen was probably obtained in Texas, but I am not yet informed as to the precise locality. IssuED Marca 19, 1877. Cope,] 584 {March 2, have identified in New Mexico as the Trias, and is of the usual red color. The occurrence of a terrestial Dinosaurian at that locality tends to con- firm the conclusion to which I have already attained, that this immensely extended deposit is of lacustrine character. On a New Proboscidian. By E. D. Cops. ; (Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 2, 1877.) I recently received from a correspondent in one of the Southern States, a fossil of unusual interest. It isa molar tooth of a proboscidian, whose color and mineral character indicate that it was derived from beds of the Upper Miocene or Loup Fork epoch. Its roots are largely broken away, while the crown is nearly perfect. The crown consists chiefly of two transverse crests, which are separated by a deep uninterrupted valley. There is no general cingulum. Each crest is divided into three lobes, which are not deeply separated, but cause the edge of the crest to be serrate with three conie eminences. Of these the median apex has a rounder section, while the lateral are more trans- verse, rising at the external borders like the extremities of the crests in Mastodon ohioticus. The appearance of the base of the crown at one ex- tremity indicates that it was in contact with the preceding tooth. The opposite extremity of the base presents no such surface, and hence points to the conclusion that the tooth is the last one of the series. From the middle cone of the anterior crest a cingulum descends on each side, passing round the anterior base of the external cones. It is wanting at the ex- tremity of the base of one of these, and little developed on the other, but they reappear on the side of the base bounding the valley. They are crenately tubercular, except at the base of the median anterior tubercle. There is no cingulum at the base of the posterior crest, except the ordinary filling between the bases of the lobes. One of the extremities of the crests is a little higher than the other, and the basis is a little wider than at the other end ; it is therefore probably external in position. At the posterior base of this end isa fractured surface indicating a cingular tubercle of stout proportions, such as is more in place at the external posterior angle of the last superior molar than in any other tooth. The external cone is defined from the median by a fissure, while a better defined depression separates the median from the internal. This depres- sion is filled by a worn tubercle in the anterior crest. Ridges descend along the adjacent borders of the constituent cones nearly to the fundus of the valley, and the bases of the external ones are considerably wrinkled. , Measurements. M. Transverse diameter Of CTOWD........sceeseeenccscesee .180 Longitudinal ‘“ ‘€ internal,....ceceeeeesese 070 i ss @xlerHal . seciwweecesice.s 1090 1877.] 585 [Cope. Elevation of external cusp......-...-cceee cece eee eee 065 = internal “ ..... gsareitate ae lgteieraiareee! asia Ss 035 Length between apices of external cusps.............-- 043 The molar tooth described exceeds in transverse dimensions that of the Mastodon ohioticus, and evidently belonged to one of the most colossal of land animals. Its generic position is near to Mastodon and Dinotherium, but if the tooth on which my observations are based be complete, it is distinct from either. The possession of only two transverse crests separates it from the former, and would, were the tooth an anterior molar, refer it to the latter. As it appears to be a posterior molar, this view of its affinity becomes untenable, and I therefore establish for it a new genus, under the name CHNOBASILEUS. The tooth described resembles that of the genus Taptrus, but differs in the absence of the external trihedral enlargement of the cross crests seen in the superior molars of the former, and also in > the tubercular and fissured character of the crests proper. The species may be called C. tremontigerus. The typical specimen was probably obtained in Texas, but I am not yet informed as to the precise locality. IssuED Marca 19, 1877. BRAIN OF PROGAMBLUS OCCIDENTALIS, BY E. D. COPE. / (Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 4, 1877.) - 1877. 49 [Cope. On the Brain of Procamelus Occidentalis. By E. D. Cops. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 4, 1877.) I obtained a complete cast of the cranial chamber of the Procamelus occidentalis, which bears a fair proportion to the general dimensions of the skull. As compared with a Nama of about the same size, the facial por- tion of the skull is longer, while the postorbital portion is as long, but narrower. ‘This is indicated by the following measurements : Procamelus Auchenia occidentalis, Jama, Length of skull anterior to orbit............ .180 153 ae ; “« posterior DE” a Biola crenata .110 105° Width ‘« at anterior border of orbit.... .080 .090 et e middle of zygomatic fossa.. .062 065 The olfactory lobes of the brain have nearly the same position in the two species, extending anteriorly to opposite the middle of the orbits. The brain exhibits large cerebellum and hemispheres, and rather small olfactory lobes. The cerebellum is entirely uncovered by the hemispheres but is in contact with them. The lateral lobes and vermis are well devel- oped. The hemispheres are well convoluted, the longitudinal posterior con- volutions giving way anteriorly to lobulate ones. The sylvian fissure is well marked. The sides of the medulla oblongata are compressed and vertical at the pons, in correspondence with the vertical position of the petrous bones. The origins of the ophthalmic and maxillary branches of the trigeminus nerve are not divided by a septum, while that of the man- PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvit. 100. & Cope., 50 (May 4, dibular branch is quite distinct from the others. The optic nerves are large. The olfactory lobes are separated by a deep fissure below the ex- tremity of the hemispheres ; they project freely beyond the latter, being separated by a deep fissure. Their free portions are short, truncate and compressed. The anterior pyramids are not preserved on the inferior face of the cast of the medulla oblongata. The hippocampal lobes are subround and protuberant. From the detailed description following, it may be derived, that while the arrangement of the convolutions of the anterior lobes of the hemi- spheres is more simple than in any recent Ruminant, that of the middle and posterior lobes is essentially similar to that characteristic of the latter order of Maminatia.* The brain displays the characters of the older types of Ruminantia, although not materially smaller than that of the llama, an animal which it equaled in general proportions. The hemispheres are, however, not pro- duced so far posteriorly in the Procamelus as in the Auchenia, reaching only to the line of the meatus auditorius externus in the former. The vermis of the cerebellum rises abruptly from the medulla, having a nearly vertical direction to a point a little lower than the superior plane of the hemispheres. The lateral lobes extend on each side of it, each one having a rather greater width that the vermis. Their posterior faces are sub-vertical, and are directed slightly forwards. Each projects laterally into an apex at the middle of its elevation, and then contracts downwards into the angular line which marks the posterior border of the petrous bone. From a point between each apex and the vermis a ridge rises ob- liquely inwards to the superior plane of the cerebellum, where each one enlarges and joins the median transverse line. The angle above described as descending from the lateral apex of the cerebellum curves forwards, forming a lateral angular border of the pons varolii on each side. The flat space enclosed between this line and the posterior border of the hemi- sphere is interrupted by two prominent tuberosities. The superior is small, sub-oval, and is near to the posterior border of the hemisphere. The other is a short prominent ridge directed downwards and forwards, just behind the lobus hippocampi. Its inferior end corresponds with the origin of the mandibular branch of the trigeminus, and perhaps the facial nerve. The medulla oblongata is contracted at the foramen magnum, and has a sub-round section slightly flattened below. Its inferior face is then rounded, then flattened, and then concave between the anterior part of the lateral ridges. The bases of the maxillary branches of the trigeminus nerves are stout, and directly in line with the origins of the mandibulars. Between them the base of the brain is concave, and the optic nerves issue but a little distance in front of them. The lobi hippocampi are sub-round and rather prominent ; they are terminated in front at the foramen spheno- orbitale by the contraction of the cranial walls. Their surface displays * See Paul Gervais’ Journal de Zodlogie, I, 1872, p. 459. 1877.) 5 iL [Cope. slightly defined convolutions, the best marked being inferior and sub- round in form. The cerebral hemispheres, viewed from above, have an oval outline, and are rather narrower anteriorly than posteriorly. They contract posteriorly from the sylvian convolution. The profile descends gradually to the olfac- tory lobes. The superior surface is little convex in the transverse direc- tion. The fissure of Silvius is nearly vertical in position, and its superior extremity is visible from above. A strongly marked fissure extends poste- riorly from it, defining the lobus hippocampi above. The sylvian convolution the thickest of all, and its outer border is emarginate in front and behind ; below the postero-superior emargination it is thickest and most protuber- ant. Between it and the position of the falx there are three longitudinal convolutions, the external, the median, and the internal. These are slight- ly divergent posteriorly, but the posterior extremities of those of one side tend to unite on the posterior border of the hemisphere. Their surfaces aresmooth. The external is widest medially ; and it terminates anteriorly just behind the apex ef the sylvian convolution. The internal is double posteriorly ; the median is simple, and unites with the internal above the apex of the sylvian convolution. The two conjoined continue for a short distance and terminate in a broad tuberosity. Below the external con- volution on the side of the posterior part of the hemisphere there are four small longitudinal convolutions. The orbital portion of the hemispheres is extensive, and nearly smooth from the olfactory lobes to the supra- orbital border. This is not prominent, but is represented by a short longi- tudinal ridge. Above each of these, on the superior or front aspect of the hemispheres, is a massive convolution bent crescent-shaped, with the con- vexity inwards. The posterior part of the convolution is a sub-round tuberosity which stands opposite to. and in front of, the furrow separating the sylvian and median convolutions. The middle part of the crescent is less prominent, but the anterior extremity forms another tuberosity whose long axis is directed downwards and outwards. The crescentic convolu- tion of the one side is separated from that of the other by a wide, shallow, median longitudinal groove, which extends transversely at the posterior tuberosities. The two tuberosities and the olfactory lobes form three de- scending steps. As compared with the brains of the existing Bovide that of the Procamelus differs in the forms of the cerebellum and medulla oblongata as already pointed out. The hemispheres differ in being shorter behind and more depressed in front. The convolutions of the posterior region are the same in number as in the sheep, but are less undulating in their outlines ; but there is a marked difference in the anterior convolutions. The median convolutions do not, as in the sheep, extend to the extremity of the anterior lobe, but terminate above the sylvian fissure, so that there only remain in front of them the two large supraorbital convolutions, instead of the four common to existing Bovide and Cervide.* In this respect it more nearly *See Leuret et Gratiolet Anatomie comparée du Systeme Nerveux, 1839-57, Atlas, pls. vii-x. Cope.] 52 (May 4, 1877. resembles Oreodon, but in this genus the internal convolution is continu- ous with the supraorbital.* EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Brain of Procamelus occidentalis from a cast, two-thirds the natural size. Fig. 1. View of the left side. Fig. 2. View of the superior surface. Fig. 8. View of the inferior surface, * Leidy, Extinct Fauna, Dak, and Nebraska, pl. xiv. fig. 11. PUBLISHED JUNE 15, 1877. Proc. Amer Phil. Soc. Vol. XVI, No. 100, p. 36, 1877. Pil, -Procamelus occidentalis %. [Reprinted from Tuk AMERICAN Naturauist for February, 1877.] THE SUESSONIAN FAUNA IN NORTH AMERICA. BY PROF. E. D. COPE. oe a paper read before the National Academy of Sciences at the spring session of 1876 in Washington, the writer announced the identification of the Wahsatch Eocene formation of New Mexico with the Suessonian or Lower Eocene of France and England. The beds, which were explored while connected with the United States Geographical and Geological Survey, west of the one hundredth meridian, in charge of Lieut. G. M. Wheeler, in 1874, were found to contain the remains of a fauna, almost identical with that of the European beds in question. This was thought to be an important accession to American geology, as furnishing a basis for an estimation of the relative ages of the formations immediately above and below the Wahsatch horizon. The parallelism of the fauna includes the genera of reptiles, birds, 96 The Suessonian Fauna in North America. (February, and mammals, and among the latter, of the types both of carniv- orous and of hoofed quadrupeds. Gayr-fishes (Lepidosteus) ap- pear in both countries, and the predominant mammalian genera of both are Coryphodon and Hyracotherium. Gigantic birds in- habited the land; in New Mexico they belonged to the genus Diatryma, and in France to Gastornis. The New Mexican ge- nus Ambloctonus represents the carnivorous Paleonyctis gigantea of the lignites of Soissons. The only marked difference be- tween the faunas which the then state of discovery disclosed, is the existence of the order Teniodonta in New Mexico, a type presenting characters of the Hdentata, Rodentia, and Creodonta, which had not yet been found elsewhere.! The characters of the mammalian fauna are very peculiar, displaying inferiority in many respects. Thus, among the flesh- eaters the brain of the Oxyena is of reduced size, the hemi- spheres being especially small, while the olfactory lobes are very large and uncovered; and other Creodont genera present the same character. According to Gervais the genus Arctocyon, from the Suessonian, presents the same type of brain. The hoofed type, Coryphodon, shows a similar inferiority in the con- stitution of the brain. So far as these observations have gone, they coincide with those made eight years ago by Professor Edouard Lartet of Paris. He states? “that it is the result of a number of investigations undertaken in different horizons of the Tertiary strata, that the more we follow Mammalia into the antiquity of geological time, the greater is the reduction of the volume of the brain in com- parison with the size of the head and the total dimensions of the body. Cuvier observed the form of the brain of the Anoplothe- rtwm in a cast of marl which was consolidated within the cavity of a skull of this animal, found in the gypsum of Montmartre. He says? ‘it has little volume, and is flattened horizontally ; the hemispheres do not present convolutions, but we find only a shallow longitudinal impression on each. All the laws of anal- ogy authorize us to conclude that our animal was greatly defi- cient in intelligence.’ In fact the skull of the Anoplotheriwm is six times as long as the cast of its cerebral hemispheres, and this animal, whose dimensions Cuvier compared to those of a medium- sized ass, had a brain smaller than that of the existing roebuck. 1 See American Naturalist, 1876, p. 379. 2 Comptes rendus, June, 1868. % Ossemens fossiles, iii., p. 44. 1877.] The Suessonian Fauna in North America. 97 “TT owe to the. kindness of Professor Noulet, of Toulouse, the possession of a fossil cranium in which I have found the cast of a brain still more ancient than that of the Anoplotherium of Montmartre, since the fragment comes from the Eocene of the Lophiodon of Issel. In the brain of this animal (which I call provisionally Brachyodon eoceenus, on account of the slight ele- vation of the crowns of the molar teeth), there are no longer any convolutions, but only certain folds irregularly defined ; the olfactory lobes are much prolonged in front, and the cerebellum is entirely separated from the hemispheres. This brain is smaller in all respects, and less complicated in its structure than that of the Cenotherium described by Gratiolet ; but it must not be forgotten that the latter animal is from a formation much more recent, that is, the inferior Miocene of Allier. “ In proportion as we approach the present period, the differ- ences between the fossil brains and those of living species be- come less marked, as has also been observed with reference to the elevation of the crowns of the molars. Thus the deer and the antelopes of the Middle Miocene of Sansan present many convolutions, while the cerebellum remains moderately un- covered, and the olfactory lobes are very prominent. In the su- perior Miocene of Pikermi the brain of the Hippotherium (Hip- partion) shows itself a little less rich in convolutions than that of the existing horse; and in a fragment of a skull of a monkey from the same locality, which I have been permitted to examine in the museum, the cerebellum is less completely covered by the hemispheres, and the median vermis is more prominent than in the living Semnopitheci of the types most nearly related to those of Pikermi. But in order to show more clearly this dispropor- tion of the fossil brains in relation to those of living Mammalia, it is necessary that comparison should be made between species of the same family, or, better still, of the same genus. It has been possible for me to verify this point by the comparison of two carnivorous animals, the living Viverra genetta, and the ex- tinct V. antiqua of De Blainville, from the inferior Miocene of Al- lier. From this it appears, that with a cranium one third longer and one fourth wider than the living V. genetta, the fossil V. an- tiqua has not a larger brain, and that this brain, more attenuated in its frontal convolutions, does not extend so far forwards. Ac- cording to Gratiolet a great development of the olfactory lobes is a character of an inferior type. In fact the more we ascend into palzontological antiquity the more we find that the olfactory 98 The Suessonian Fauna in North America. [February, lobes display a great development in comparison with the cere- bral hemispheres.” The Wahsatch horizon is lower than the oldest above referred to by Professor Lartet, and it is interesting to observe how his generalization with reference to the characters of the mammalian brain is confirmed. The Oxyena forcipata approaches more nearly to the viverrine type than to any other form of the Car- nivora, although separated by a wide interval. I have been able to obtain a cast of the superior and anterior portions of its cranial chamber, from which it appears that the brain possessed characters of a much lower type than that observed in the V. an- tiqua. The olfactory lobes are enormously developed, rising higher than the hemispheres, from which they are not only en- tirely free, but are separated by a constriction of their basal por- tions. The hemispheres are not wider at the middle than the ol- factory lobes, and have therefore elongated proportions. Their superior portion is without convolutions. Although not a mar- supial, the general form in Ozycna is more like that of the opos- sum than that of any other living animal, but is still lower in character. Its inferiority is especially seen in its small size. The mandibular ramus of the O. forcipata is about the size of that of the jaguar, but the brain, even with its large olfactory lobes, is only about two thirds as long, and one third as wide. The ankle-joint presents a great simplicity of structure in most of the Wahsatch mammals, both flesh-eaters and hoofed types. The astragalus is nearly flat, and not like a segment of a pulley as in most existing Mammalia, and it therefore permitted but little flexure of the foot on the leg. The only exception to this rule is found in the species of Hyracothertwm and allies of the order Perissodactyla, which number ten species out of a total of fifty-four. As regards the elbow-joint a similar peculiarity was discovered to exist. In the majority of existing mammals, a ridge or bead divides the two facets of the humerus, which receive the ulna and radius respectively ; it is called the intertrochlear ridge. In the ox and horse this ridge is very near the external border of the humerus. In the mammals of the Wahsatch beds this ridge was found to be wanting, excepting in the ten species of Peris- sodactyla above mentioned. In respect to the teeth, no species presenting the selenodont or double-crescent bearing type had been found. Of the simpler types, where tubercles are united into crests, twelve species out 1877.] The Suessonian Fauna in North America. 99 of fifty-four had been discovered. The teeth of the remaining forty-two species are bunodont or tubercular only, and in most cases simple forms of that type. Another marked feature of the Suessonian or Wahsatch Mam- malia is the possession by the greater number of them of five toes on both of the feet. The only probable exceptions to this rule are the ten species of Perissodactyla already mentioned, and perhaps a very few others. The genera of later and the present periods with three toes on all the feet, with two functional toes, and one toe, are wanting in this fauna. It was also asserted that nearly all of the specie’ were planti- grade in their mode of progression, that is, that the soles of the fore and hinder feet were applied to the ground, instead of being obliquely elevated behind, the heel thus appearing to form an an- gle of the leg, as in most living mammals. It is well known that among recent quadrupeds the Quadrumana, Plantigrade Carniv- ord, Proboscidia, and some Rodentia and Edentata, are planti- grade, while the others are digitigrade. The only species of the Wahsatch fauna possibly digitigrade are the species of Perisso- dactyla, already mentioned, although it was stated that the struc- ture in a few of the other genera is yet unknown. The agreement of clawed and hoofed (unguiculate and ungu- late) mammals of this period in the general imperfection of the structure of the brain, of the ankle and elbow-joints, and in the position and number of the toes, was dwelt on as an important fact. It did not however warrant the separation of all the Mam- malia of the Suessonian as a distinct order, on account of the ex- ceptions pointed out. The clawed types presenting these char- acters have been since! defined as an order, under the name of | Bunotheria, which it was believed might embrace also the exist- ing Insectivora as a suborder. The ungulates of like character have already been erected into a distinct order, the Amblypoda, which includes two suborders, the Pantodonta and Dinocerata. The only mammalian orders of that period still existing are then the Perissodactyla and Rodentia. 1 Proceedings Academy Philadelphia, 1876 page 88. PALEONTOLOGICAL BULLETIN, No. 28. PAGE, s New Vertebrate from.the Upper Tertiaries of the West.. 919 wee On New Sauriane aiidsyored ny Mr. Ww sylvants. ieltieue we Bea ests 2 231 On'the Wertebratd’of the Dakota pooh of Colorado.s.....: 238 1877.] 219 [Cope. Descriptions of New Vertebrata from the Upper Tertiury Formutions of the West. By E. D. Core. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 21, 1877.) PITHECISTES BREVIFACIES gen. €t spec. nov. Char. gen. These are chiefly known from a mandible which supports the dentition of one side and part of the other. The dental formula is I. 1; C.1;Pm.3;M. 3. The single incisor of each side is weak and easily lost, and there is on one side only, a small alveolus for a minute second incisor. It is therefore probable that in some individuals the incisive formula is 2. The canine is not large, and closes in front of the superior canine in the usual manner. The first and second premolars are one-rooted, and their crowns are wider than long. That of the third premolar is robust, but longer. The molars ‘increase rapidly in size, and are not prismatic, but are well rooted. They are worn in the specimen, but their structure is probably shallow selenodont. The last molar has a long heel or fifth lobe. Char. specif. The mandibular ramus is very deep posteriorly, and the incisive border is not prominent. The canine tooth is quite small, its trans- verse diameter being less than that of the first premolar, and equaling it antero-posteriorly. The exterior incisor is weak, and the crown expanded transversely, and obtuse. The crown of the first premolar is worn deeply by the superior canine. The transverse diameter at the base of the crown exceeds the antero-posterior. The crown of the second is wider than long, and of the third longer than wide. The molars increase rapidly in size posteriorly, so that the length of the third equals that of the three premolars plus the canine. The heel is long, and is connected with the remainder of the crown by a narrow plate, or in section, an isthmus. There are no cingula, but an accumulation at the bases of some of the teeth resembles the deposit of ‘‘tartar.”” The symplysis is very robust, and its upper sur- face is marked on each side by a low longitudinal swelling. The opposite premolar series are slightly convergent. The form of the mandible of this animal, as well as the number and pro- portions of the teeth, curiously resemble that of the corresponding part of a monkey. The species was about the size of a red fox. Measurements. M. Length of ramus from heelof molar III...........+-. «+ 057 ef molar series....... pidawnbeneene coeds vas 048 a premolar series.......... Cie Foe AY 015 ee second true Molar......... cee cece eee eee .010 Width et BS Reale daa es Srey ae asanladocaee ses 007 Length of last molar......... 6. eee e ee eee eee eee eens .018 Width of es Bt APO, acct aie eo adlaweiieiedny eters 007 Length of symphysis in front..... i ieee SadaeEs aegesitess 020 Depth of ramus at first premolar...... kei Rae See a .017 ae ae second true molar..........seeeeeee 025 Cope. | 220 [Dee. 21, BRACHYMERYX FELICEPS gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. These are derived from the superior dental series. These are I.2; C.1; Pm.?; M.8. The true molars have the bases of the crowns little swollen, and the last two of the superior series are but shortly rooted ; the anterior ones have longer roots. The true molars are simply seleno- dont, with the anterior extremities of the external crescents forming promi- nent ribs. The Jast superior premolar consists of two columns posteriorly and a single trenchant one anteriorly, and the second (first of the series, ) is simple and trenchant. The worn posterior face of the canine shows that the first inferior premolar is the functional canine as in Oreodon. There is a very slight diastema in front of or behind the canine, the series being continuous, as in Oreodon. This genus differs from Pithecistes in its canine like first inferior premo- lar, and in the trenchant character of the anterior premolars. With Cyclo- pidius it enters the family group of the Oreodontide, but approaches the suilline types still more nearly in its probably codéssified symphysis man- dibuli. Char. specif. This ungulate was a little smaller than the species last described, and is represented in my collections by two nearly complete crania without mandibles. The head is depressed and the zygomata widely expanded ; the palate is wide, and the muzzle short. The infraorbital fora- men is double and issues above the adjacent parts of the second and third (last) premolars. Immediately in front of it the side of the face is concave. The projecting anterior angles of the external crescents of the molars are very prominent, forming strong vertical ribs. The external border of the last premolar is only interrupted by a little convexity. The anterior narrow portion of the second premolar is incurved. This tooth is two- rooted ; the first is one-rooted. The canine is small and strongly recurved. It is cylindric at the base, but beyond this is narrowed antero-posteriorly partially from the friction of the first inferior premolar. The anterior face is regularly convex. The first premolar has a very slight internal basal cingulum ; its cutting edge is directed obliquely to the long axis of the cranium. There are no cingula on the other teeth. The enamel of the true molars is smooth on the external side of the crown. There is no enamel on the inner walls of the central lakes. Measurements. M. Length of dental series to anterior border of canine..... 050 e— HreniOlan Series... ssicca cas sana .017 « Jast true molar ..... i dethe ta Rape enue oucte fate .012 Width of Bs Me - caratieonervinandinieece ie seep R aang ae ease 006 Length of first true molar ........ eee eee eee eee eee eee 007 Width of me MC Aaattaneneiesiies opeles case 006 Length of first premolar........ alidisapiacs OM ODN a aoe Rina es -006 Width of ss ES cuceeertsd sorte dosaha usp bsiay svdvn,euaubsaeanaibilo .006 Length of canine tooth............5 ae openaugan Stites .009 187.) 221 (Cope, Measurements. M. Diameter of canine tooth (transverse)...............0. 004 Width of cranium between first premolars.............. -016 us e fe last molars...............- -030 The cranium of this species is about the size of that of a large domestic cat. CYCLOPIDIUS sIMUS. Gen. et. sp. nov. Char. gen. Dental formula I. 2; C.4; Pm. +; M. 3. The superior canine is small and is separated from the first premolar by a very short diastema. First premolar simple, trenchant ; second premolar two rooted, with one principal cutting edge; third with an external crescent and a rudimental internal one, not united in front. Fourth premolar with the inner and outer crescents only, and these well developed. Last true molar without heel. Inferior canine with much wider crown than the incisors with which it is in close association. First premolar canine-like, but not very large ; second premolar simple. Third and fourth premolar with the anterior portions trenchant, the posterior with wide or double columns. Last true molar with large fifth crescent or column. True molars of both jaws prismatic. Symphysis mandibuli codssified. Frontal bones much abbreviated in front by a large upwards-looking fossa on each side, which are separated by the very narrow and short nasal bones. There are lachrymal fosse and a huge foramen in front of them, which communicate with the maxillary sinus. There is a prominent trans- verse supraoccipital crest, and the otic bulle are greatly inflated. This genus is related to Leptauchenia, Leidy, but differs in having but two lower incisors below. That genus belongs to a lower horizon, the mi- ocene of White River, while the present form is its successor in the upper Miocene or Loup Fork beds. The remarkable character of the vacuities in the superior region of the front part of the cranium, reminds one of the existing genus Sega. Dr. Leidy partially described a similar structure in Leptauchenia. In this genus what are clearly nasal bones in Cyclopidius, he terms frontals, probably by error. Char. Specif. This animal is rather larger than either of those above described, and is represented in my collection by one nearly complete cra- nium, one entire left maxillary bone, and the under jaws of five, and prob- ably of several other individuals. The skull is wide and abbreviated in front. The maxillary bones are everted on each side of the external nares. The malar bone is very wide or deep, and sends upwards a strong postorbital process, which is broken off in part, but which probably completed the orbit. The superior facial fosse reach backwards nearly as far as the middle of the orbit. They are longitudinal narrow ovals, open in front. The projecting supraorbital por- tions of the frontal bone with the nasals have a tripodal form. The lach- rymal fossa looks outwards, upwards and forwards, and the large maxillary foramen outwards. The infraorbital foramen is double, and issues above the contiguous portions of the third and fourth premolars. Cope.] g 222 [Dec. 21, The external crescents of the true molars present prominent anterior an- - gles, which form strong vertical ribs. The first superior premolar has a weak, and the second premolar a very strong internal basal cingulum ; there are no other cingula. The diastema is as wide as the diameter of the canine. The first inferior premolar is one-rooted, and the second two-rooted, and both are longer than wide in horizontal diameter. The middle pairs of in- cisors are very small; the external one on each side is much larger, the diameter equaling half that of the canines. The first and second true mo- lars are subequal, and are together longer than the third, which does not quite equal in length the three premolars. The heel of the last molar is not so long anteroposteriorly as each of the othercolumns. Thesymphysis is steep, but is everted at the incisive region. Measurements. 7 M. Length of ramus from heel of m. III.................. 065 af OLMOIAL SEPIES 5.4, ssssageee ad dani arernaseavels nee cacsuard Gemehace 036 eS Of PLEMOlar SETIES's 6sisie is weiss ares saree aieeinve none 016 oe Of SeCOnd! CUS AMOLARs cseiei: ada dee ciecsice’e e's vieciwions O11 Widthof “ a Sweat eg Es vinuesdy ealyeae ee 006 Length of third a EE id cts ape anita slg coe techn 016 Widtiiot Ae. TON. c5 suas nie ee Ga teed an 006 Length of symphysis in front.............. 56 dleteatoiaelte 025 Depth of ramus at first premolar.............- gf sin .022 o ne second true Molar... occ. acs coveed gs 025 Width between superior anterior premolars........... . .014 CYCLOPIDIUS HETERODON sp. nov. This species is represented by a portion of the right maxillary bone, which supports the last premolar, first true molar, and portions of other teeth. It is a smaller form than the B. simus, and differs in several import- ant respects. The infraorbital foramen is single and larger than those of the other species. The fourth premolar, while of the same constitution as that of M. stus, is relatively much smaller, not equalling in the extent of its grinding face one column of the first true molar. The latter is pris- matic, and of usual form. Its external crescents are not produced as in B. simus, so that there are no distinct vertical ribs. Measurements. —~ M. Diameter-of last premolar { anteroposterior........... -0050 TANSVEISE .c:c0ees coca vs -0045 Diameter of firsttrueamolar { anteroposterior......... .0080 transverse........... oe. 0055 This species was found with the three preceding in the Upper Miocene of Montana by my assistant, J. C. Isaac. BLAsSTOMERYX BOREALIS sp. nov. This genus was defined by me in the fourth volume of the Report of Lieut. G. M. Wheeler to the Chief of Engineers, 1877, p. 350, as not cer- - very | 298 [Cope. tainly distinct from Dicrocerus Lartet. The discovery of a second species of the group, which displays the characters there pointed out, in a still more striking degree than the species on which it was formed, renders it necessary to introduce the genus formally to the system. In brief its molars differ from those of Dierocerus much as those of the deer differ from the molars of the antelope. While Dicrocerus was probably the ancestor of Antilocapra, Blastomeryx was the ancestor of Cervus or Cartacus. The superior dental formula is I. 0; C.0; Pm. 3; M. 3. The molars all have two pairs of crescents excepting the last premolar, where the pos- terior pair are rudimental. The external’ face of the anterior crescent in all the molars presents a groove, which is bounded posteriorly by a vertical ridge. The posterior crescent is directed a little inward posteriorly on the true molars. The palate is much contracted in front of the first molars. The horns stand above the posterior parts of the orbits; their section is triangular, the posterior angle being rounded, and the external produced and acute, bounding the orbit outwards and backwards. There is no trace -of burr. The temporal fosse approach so as to be separated only by a rather wide and low occipital crest. Measurements. M. Total length of skull.......... ee cece ee eee eee ee eee eee .820 Length of molar series. ........ 0. e cece eee ee eee ners 107 . premolar! vcccsuy eiee ee ctetaye eieteee oes 049 ae second premolar. ....... eee ee eee eee eens .016 Width es S pesveesae SomeRee ee enw a oudend O11 Length of first true molar .......-. see e eee eee eee eee -020 Width s ES Ye aa ernst Muar a lng haniabegivl SHA 015 Width between bases of horn-cores..........+6 nyetaeatiaede .050 Transverse diameter of horn-core two inches from base. . .040 Width between external borders of first true molars..... -078 ‘Width of palate in front of first premolars...... dainanias -028 This species was as large as the black-tailed deer, Cariacus macrotis. It was found by my assistant, J. C. Isaac, in the Upper Miocene of Montana. CERVUS FORTIS sp. nov. This deer is of large size, much exceeding any living species of the family Cervide. It is represented in my collections by a superior molar of the left side, and very probably by other remains which accompanied it, viz.: a mandibular symphysis with incisor and canine teeth; calcaneum. astragalus, vertebre, etc. These were found at the same time and place by George M. Sternberg, M.D., U. 8. A., already well-known by his in- teresting discoveries in the cretaceous formation of Kansas. The plice which mark the anterior extremities of the external crescents are very prominent, and are directed forwards rather than outwards. The median lakes are narrow and well separated medially. The posterior lake has a strong fold of its internal border, forming a lobe directed backwards. Cope. ] 224 [Dee, 21, A cylinder of small diameter stands near the apex of the fold of the in- ternal enamel wall, which separates the internal crescents. There is a cingular ridge descending inwards on the interior and posterior extremities of the base of the crown, and below and exterior to it the enamel surface is very rugose. The surface of the external enamel is smooth. The enamel of the lake borders is seamed with shallow vertical sulci. The crescents are wide and the lakes narrow. The reference of this species to the genus Cervus may require reconsid- eration. Measurements. M. Anteroposterior diameter of Crown.........---0e0ec00% 052 TRansversé 06. AD (ON. wwscaa ness owedeeane gens coe 035 Width of anterior external crescent.......... .....-..- 018 Elevation of crown externally. ...........cceeeeee eens 020 From the pliocene formation of Oregon. The Loup Fork beds have been usually referred to the Pliocene horizon, but I have offered reasons why they should be regarded as of Upper Mio- cene age. The horizon from which this and some other species herein described, found in Oregon, represent the Pliocene formation much more nearly. - : DIcOTYLES SERUS, sp. NOV. This species of hog is indicated by a mandibular ramus which lacks the angles, and supports the dentition of both sides excepting the third right molar. Other portions of the skeleton are associated. A second specimen is the symphysis with the incisor teeth. The remains indicate an animal something larger than the white lipped peccary Dicotyles labiatus. Dentition of the mandible, I.2;C.1; P.m.3; M.3. Inferior canines triangular ; superior canines decurved, triturating the inferior. Last inferior molar with well developed heel. Last premolar like the first mo- lar. First premolar with anterior single tubercle and posterior lower tu- bercle heel ; second premolar similar but wider, and the anterior tubercle divided. Molars consisting of four principal tubercles opposed in pairs, with some accessory ones between them. The rami are robust and of moderate depth ; the symphysis is elongate and contracted. The suture of the latter remains on the inferior side, but is obliterated on the upper surface. The symphysis is trough-like and the narrow alveolar ridges of the diastema are concave inwards. The incisor teeth are directed forwards, and are closely approximated and parallel. The fang of the second lies close to that of the canine, and the edges of the crowns together form a parabola, the enamel being pro- longed posteriorly on the external side of the external tooth. The crowns of the median teeth are not expanded laterally, nor much depressed at the apex ; as half worn in the specimen, they form a wide transverse oval. The canines curved upwards and outwards and present their tritu- rating surface a little external to directly backwards. Their section is tri- 1877.] 225 (Cope. angular, the lateral faces being longer than the posterior, and the anterior angle is a narrow one. The surface of the enamel cannot be described, as it is eroded at some points. The diastema is long. The first (homologically second) premolar is narow, and is without lateral or posterior lobe or cingulum, but a third is a rudimental lobe at its anterior base. The heel presents an interior tubercle, and a narrow pos- tero-external lobe which embraces a medeo-external tubercle. The latter becomes the external posterior tubercle on the true molars. The third pre- molar is larger and wider than the second ; the medio-external lobe be- comes more external and posterior, and a median tubercle appears in front of it. The posterior tubercle still sends a narrow ledge round to the outer base of the medio-external lobe. The anterior lobes are more elevated than the others, and are only separated by a fissure. In the fourth premolar the true molar structure is seen in the regular quadri-tuberculate form. There is a small tubercle in front and behind the notch of lobes, and a fold descending forwards on the outer side of the external posterior lobe. In the second trué molar there is an additional tubercle on the middle line be- tween the pairs of lobes. The median accessory tubercles are not distinct on the last molar, excepting the posterior, which becomes a large heel. The lobes of each pair are not deeply separated on the last two molars. These teeth are rather abruptly larger than the first true molar, which is little larger than the last premolar. Each of them has a narrow anterior cingulum, but no other. The enamel is nearly smooth. Measurements. M. Length of mandible from end of posterior molar to in- GISLVE “ALV COT ae deosetieeis cts «4s aimsia ove ee eacedvuminmintacesees 0.190 Length of molar series.....--- 6+ ++ see ee ee eee ee eens 108 a {TUG MIONATS. fics ss sees eee aies doe see eas 062 CASES 5 5p ieee dines DORR Os Se RE 054 Width between bases of canineS...........0eeeeeeeeee 020 “Of CiaStOMAls icv u.c0 cranes lek ote EE ean w 024 “« pbetween bases of first premolars............... -082 antero-posterior. ........000.05- .012 Diameter of p. m. 2 { tYANSVETSE. eee ce eee ee eee ee ee 007 ; tLANSVETSC.. 2.6. eee sine Soe 015 Diameter of p. m. 4 Lede ici: bo wieiecate teas eas 012 : antero-posterior. ......+-+...+-- 021 Diameter of m. 2 ' {PANSVELSE oso sce ose Ateee sees .016 antero-posterior........e:..eee- -026 Diameter of m. 3. TYADSVETSC. 0... ee eee eee eee eee 015 The animal from which the above description was taken was adult. It was discovered in the Loup Fork beds of North-Western Kansas by Russell Hill of this city. TETRALOPHODON CAMPESTER sp. nov. The cranium and under jaw, with nearly complete dentition, including tusks, of this species, were obtained by my assistant, Russell 8. Hill. The PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvI. 100, 2c. PRINTED JAN. 12, 1878. Cope.] 226 [Dee. 21, animal is mature but not old, as the second true (third intermediate) molar is present and much worn, and the last molar is worn on its anterior three- fifths. The posterior or fourth crest of the second true molar is narrower than the third, and is not followed by aheel. The third molar presents six transverse crests, and so large a heel that it might be said to be seven- crested. Each crest is sub-transverse, and is composed of a principal ob- tuse cone at each extremity and some smaller ones between, in close con- tact. The apices of the larger ones approach each other, and the median ones are less elevated. The section produced by wearing of the third and second crest each, is that of two trefoils placed base to base, and the lateral lobes of these, completely close the valley between those crests. The val- leys between the other crests are closed by one or two distinct median tubercles, and the sections of those crests are less accurately trifoliate than those of the others. There isa very large cingulum at the anterior ex- tremity of this tooth whose worn section is confluent with both of the trefoils of the anterior crest near the middle. A portion of it is isolated on the inner side of the crown, forming a flattened cone, or when worn, an isolated oval with the long axis directed inwards and forwards. This I have counted as the first crest, as it is as much entitled to it as the one so counted by Dr. Falconer, in the 7. stvalensis. The palate is narrow, not exceeding the width of the second true molar. The mandibular rami are of rather light tissue, and are compressed in form, the external face being little convex. The symphysis is produced, without abrupt contraction either laterally or below, into a robust beak whose depth is equal to the width five inches beyond the bifurcation. It is channeled above by a narrow and deep groove, and supports no tusks. From the appearance of the tissue when fractured transversely it is evi- dent that there have been no alveolar cavities at any time. The beak is slightly decurved and the extremity is depressed and transversely flat- tened. The superior incisor possesses a broad band of enamel, which covers nearly one-third the diameter of the tooth. Measurements. M. Length of crown of second true molar................. 118 Width a ae MG Nb desaiatil sts panne eas 075 Length we third Sf Conwebiesda se saan -195 Width os as BES. soir Masten cre hace Gets -080 a palate at anterior extremities of second molars .045 ee es posterior crests of third me 095 Length of ramus from posterior border to bifurcation.... .560 Length of symphyseal beak (broken).................. -480 Depth of do. five inches from bifurcation........... see «118 WidthOf dO.8t owesicin aecnkesvene ¢aiaas tokoeeaecngs 115 This fine new Mastodon is the second species of the genus Tetralophodon found as yet in North America, the first being the 7. mérificus of Leidy. 1877.] 227 (Cope. It is well distinguished from this form by the structure of the component parts of the crown of the last molar tooth, and by its long symphysis, that of the 7. mirificus possessing the more usual short spout. It is with the L. longirostris, of Eppelsheim and the valley of the Danube, that the closest affinity exists. In 7. campester the symphyseal production is much more robust, not being separated from the rami by any constriction, as in T. longirostris. It is moreover without incisive tusks, but it is yet uncer- tain what value should be attached to this character, as it may turn out to be individual or sexual. In the intimate structure of the molars there is considerable resemblance to the 7’. longirostris ; that species is however stated by Dr. Falconer* to possess but five crests and a heel on. the last molar. The presence of the enamel band on the tusks also separates the T. campester from that species, where, according to Mr. Vacek,t+ it is wanting. In comparison with M. sivalensis, this Mastodon differs in the transverse character of the valleys ; in the Indian species the tubercles alternate and close them. The dimensions of the 7. campester are those of the African Elephant. From the Upper Miocene and Loup Fork horizon of Kansas. TAXIDEA SULCATA Sp. nov. This badger is represented by the nearly entire maxillary bone of the left side containing all the teeth excepting the canine and first premolar. It resembles the corresponding portion of the 7. americana very nearly, but differs in two important features. The first of these is the abbrevia- tion of the anterior portion of the dental series. The first premolar is closely wedged in between the canine and second premolar, so that its an- terior root is almost obsolete. The head was thus doubtless relatively shorter than in the existing species where there are hiatuses between the roots of the first premolar and adjacent teeth. The second character is seen in the last or true molar. On its crown the tubercles are arranged in two well separated transverse rows, forming crests by their confluence, which are separated by a deep valley, and bound by a half valley in front and rear. Measurements. M. Length of series, including canine........ Big ve eben 038 premolars. ..... eee cece eee eee eee eeeeeee 023 © Jast premolar... .. eee cece eee eee eee eee eee O11 : Width of fs OS gegcaka Pies haweneGu sa s4SRe Tee .009 Length of last molar (inside)........---.-eeeeeeeee ees 012 Width “ donde eM ecmeree obeag tec gareeeGane 010 From the Pliocene of Washington Terr.; found by Major Truax, U.S.A. % On British and European Fossil Mastodons, p. 19 (8 vo.). + Ueber Oesterreichische Mastodonten Wien, 1877, p. 3E (Abh. K. K, Geol, Reichanstalt). Cope. | 228 (Dee. 21, PSEUDEMYS BISORNATUS sp. nov. This fresh water tortoise is represented by portions of three individuals. These exhibit a rather flattened convex carapace, with marginal bones united (behind the bridge at least), without gomphosis, by fine suture. There are no median or lateral keels. The vertebral bones are nearly as wide as long, and thick ; the costals are thickest proximally and thinnest medially. The marginals are quite stout. The dermal scutal sutures are deeply impressed, especially those defining the marginal scuta. The sculpture of the superior surface of the carapace is strongly marked and peculiar. The vertebral scutal areze are smooth, or display only a few obscure ridges directed backwards and inwards, on the proximal portions of the costal bones; the vertebral bones being smooth. The costal scuta present two forms of sculpture ; posterior to the intercostal bony suture each is reticulated with inosculating sharp ridges whose genera] direction is longitudinal proximally and transverse distally. The sculpture is Trionyx- like, and rather coarse. The surface anterior to the osseous suture, is orna- mented with raised, parallel ridges, which are separated more widely than those of the posterior half of the scutum, and which do not inosculate. They continue uninterruptedly to the succeeding osseous suture, to be followed again by the reticulate pattern. Thus each costal bone is divided into three areas; a proximal smooth one, and an anterior reticulate, and posterior ridges ares, separated by a deep sutural groove. A postero-lateral marginal bone unites subequally with two costals. Its superior surface rises in abrupt convexity beyond the costo-marginal der- mal suture, and from the transverse intermarginal dermal suture. It is then concave to the recurved margin. Its sculpture consists of transverse ridges, separated by grooves of equal width. Measurements. M. Length of a vertebral bone........... 6. cece eee ee eee t 035 Anterior width of Sams. seaciesawiecces cae sagas oe 032 Thickness of same anteriorly .......... 0... eee cee 009 Bxtent ofmedian costal {rangyerse sesso at Median thickness of do... 2.6... cece cece cece eee eee 006 Distal a OES ecataapva evn siahbeaye evel elatetbie. yeasecbeatieie'a 007 Length of a posterior marginal...............6- se eae -030 Width 0g de EBSERES BES TEE Aedes 042 Thickness * SES? seera dua wish wes wsvaroaneseaul td ha 017 This tortoise is at first sight apparently singular in its marks of ornamen- tation. On comparison with existing species, however, it is seen to present an exaggerated condition of the sculpture characteristic of some of the exist- ing Pseudemydes of our Southern rivers; e. g. the P. elegans. It is more robust in all its proportions than any of these. The fossil remains were discovered by my friend, G. W. Marnock, in the pliocene of South-western Texas. 1877.) 229 (Cope. CIsTUDO MARNOCHII. Represented by the posterior lobe of the plastron of an individual of twice the bulk of the existing North American Cistudos. It is broadly rounded posteriorly, and there is an emargination at the femoro-anal der- mal suture. The anterior suture is straight, as is also the lateral, which Measures more than a third the length of the entire lobe. On the upper side of the angle included by these sutures-s the fossa for fixed attachment with the carapace. The beveled face of the fore edge of the lobe is quite wide. The dermal sutures are well marked. The anal scuta are large, their median length being half that of the lobe. The common femoral suture is only half as long as the ventral. The inferior surface is nearly flat in every direction; and the surface is smooth. The posterior border of the specimen is broken away. This species was obtained from the same formation as the last, by Gabriel W. Marnock, to whom I dedicate it. ANCHYBOPSIS BREVIARCUS sp. nov. The genus to which the above name was given, was established by the writer in 1870, for a species Cyprinoid fish, from the pliocene formation of Idaho. Its affinities were then stated to be to Alburnops (Hybopsis), and related existing genera. The present paper describes two additional spe-: cies of the genus, both of whichare represented by pharyngeal bones and teeth of both sides. The teeth are shown to be 5-5, in contradistinction to the genera Hemitremia and Alburnops, where they are 5-4 and 4-4 respec- tively , In this fish the common base of the pharyngeal teeth rises upwards, so as to project well in front of the general plane of the bone. The superior teeth are more compressed than the inferior, and the first and second count- ing from below, have convex grinding faces. The pharyngeal bone has a short inferior and a long superior limb. The alate portion is regularly and strongly convex, without abrupt expansion. The nutritive foramina of the anterior face are two large inferior and several small superior ones. Measurements. M. Vertical extent of bone in a straight line............... -020 Width at second tooth. ........ ccc cee eee ee eee eee .008 «at first ete rar setesseiaadndenes -004 Length of tooth line... .... ccc cece cece ee ene ee eens O11 ee Of third: tOOtH: 0:0. se iecaanai ee veces sane tensa 005 ne of basal limb to first tooth................00.00. -009 This species is of smaller dimensions than the A. latus. ANCHYBOPSIS ALTARCUS sp, nov. The pharyngeal bones of this cyprinoid are larger and of more slender proportions than those of the A. breviarcus. Specimens from both sides are preserved. The inferior and superior limbs are both elongate, the former slender, the latter flat. The alaisabruptly expanded at right angles to the long axis; the external border is thence nearly straight to, and the angle of Cope.] 230 {Dec. 21, the superior border situated interiorly to, the line continuing the inner bor- der upwards. The tooth line is elevated at the upper extremity. The basal teeth are more robust than the others, and do not present grinding faces. The nutritive foramina are more numerous and smaller than in the A. breviareus. Measurements. M. Vertical extent of right pharyngeal...............0 see .023 Width at second tooth. ... 02... cee cece eee tate eee eees .009 «at first OC BSE RUG Rea eR LETT TAS GREE 8 004 Length of tooth line... 2... 2. cece ee eee cece er se eens -012 ne GENE, COC isiaie 0 5 woreceineeneres oe cow avai wlan gies .006 Me of basal limb to first tooth...........ceeeee sees O11 Found with the last species by Chas. H. Sternberg, in the Pliocene de- posit of Oregon. ALBURNOPS ANGUSTARCUS sp. nov. Represented by the pharyngeal bones of both sides, of a species of about the size of the one last described. The characteristic marks of these are seen in the long extremities, both inferior and superior, and in the very slight convexity of the ala, which is less prominent than in any of the Cy- prinide here described. The superior end of the tooth basis is elevated and prominent. In one of the jaws all the teeth display a masticating sur- face. Inthe other the second tooth, the only one preserved, is partially worn. The length of the proximal limb distinguishes this pharyngeal bone from that of the Anchybopsis brevinrcus, if the generic characters be disregarded. From all the other species the slight prominence of the ala separates it. Measurements. M. Vertical extent of right pharyngeal..............0e eee 023 Length of proximal limb... ......... 0.0 eee e eee eee -010 ne of tooth line........ Madi ana d aianantumiand ciiach Mars eaGlevuarsie .010 e Of distal iM: .wwAcs Sesh ineseeeete earn aee4 012 Width Atairst: tOOthiawciee's avy aamniaemed iy ee ge wscee ose 005 ee of second tooth.......-+2e.ee eee: Netra .007 Length of third tooth. ....-....ee eee eee cece ee eee 005 Found by Mr. Sternberg, with the last species. ALBURNOPS GIBBARCUS sp. nov. One left and two right pharyngeal bones furnish the characters of this species. Their form is angulate, as in the Anchybopsis altarcus, but shorter in the vertical direction. The proximal limb is rather short, and the dis- tal one not as long as in the species last described. The ala widens ab- ruptly at the inferior margin, and the thin superior edge of the superior limb is obtusely angulate. The nutritive foramina are rather numerous. The first and ‘second teeth display little or no grinding surface. 187.) 231 i@epe. Measurements. M. Vertical extent of right pharyngeal.............. seeees 020 Length of proximal limb. ................006 aawtnans -009 HE SOF TOOTH ING: vista cists eV inbasaiyaedis sa elena dears 09 £6 OF istal WMD... nev cimwiare vernal veee es « ror 009 Width at first tooth. 0.0... c ccc ccc ene cee cece cneees . 004 at second (00th aise sseadasteee ce esas widen aasees «008 Length of third tooth. 2.2.0.0... cece cece cece eee eeeee 005 Found by Chas. H. Sternberg in the Pliocene of Oregon. On some Saurians found in the Triassic of Pennsyluania, by C. M. Wheatley. By E. D. Cor. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, Dec. 21, 1877.) THECODONTOSAURUS GIBBIDENS sp. nov. The only remains of this saurian which have come into my hands are two teeth. They are in good preservation, lacking only the great part of the root. They present the leaf-like outline characteristic of the genus, the crown being strongly distinguished from the narrower root. The form is quite robust, and contracts gradually to the apex. The cutting anterior and pos- terior edges bound the inner face of the crown, from which they are sepa- rated by a groové along their bases. They are interrupted by coarse serra- ‘tions, the apices of the denticles being directed upwards. These are much reduced in size at the base of the crown. The cutting edges are not sepa- | rated from the external face by grooves. This face is very convex and perfectly smooth. The inner face is convex between the grooves and is marked with six or seven continuous sulci, which are obsolete at the base. The saurian which possessed the tooth described was not of large propor- tions. The species differs from the English form in many respects ; e. g., the greater convexity of the external face ; the basal grooves of the cut- ting edges, the grooving of the inner face, the abrupt constriction below the base of the crown, etc. Measurements. M. Diameter of crown { antero-posterior ........4+ peewee 0070 transverse..........- jee baat 16-58 8 0045 Length of Crown. ... ccc cece rece cee cece eee en eta eee »» .0088 Cope. j 232 [Dee. 21, PALAOSAURUS FRASERIANUS Sp. DOV. But few remains indicate this species. It is established primarily on a tooth, which presents the characters of Paleoswurus cylindrodon. It has opposite denticulate cutting edges, an anterior and posterior, of which the latter extends to the base of the crown, and the anterior but half way from the apex. The posterior is denticulate throughout, while denticulation is visible on the anterior edge for but one-third the distance from the apex. The posterior edge is more compressed. The surface of the cementum is obsoletely finely linear ridged, and there are no sulci or other sculpture. The crown is regularly and gently curved backwards. Measurements. : M. Length of the crown........c0. cece eee cece ecteeceeee -0200 Antero-posterior diameter of crown at base...........- .0065 This saurian is dedicated to my friend, Persifor Frazer, Jy., in charge of one of the districts into which the State of Pennsylvania is divided for the conduct of the second geological survey. This district embraces the Tri- assic region, which has been extensively and ably investigated by Prof. Frazer. SuUCHOPRION AULACODUS Cope. Paleoctonus aulacodus Cope, Paleontological Bulletin, No. 26, p. 184. Several additional teeth of this species show that the tooth from which I first determined it is one of the flattest of the series, and that those from other positions in the jaws, instead of being flatter as in Palwoctonus, are narrower, and of the usual form of those of Suchoprion. This saurian possesses teeth of the size of the average of those of the 8. cyphodon, and which are like them, well compressed in the antero-poste- rior direction. The surface is therefore very convex between the cutting edges, especially on the external face, and the transverse diameter at the base of the crown exceeds the antero-posterior. The cutting edges only extend half way from the apex, and are but little denticulated. The sur- face of the cementum is minutely and sharply linearly sculptured. It is in addition, thrown into coarse continuous grooves on the basal two-thirds of the crown, excepting for a short distance on the inner side of each cut- ting edge. There are seven grooves on the inner face, and eighteen on the outer face. On the latter the minute sculpture is least distinct. Measurements. M. Length Of CroWitte0s oes sseieviss ¢ singh oees ae eeacenes xe -0260 fore and aft........ eiiaid ee .0160 i ter of b e of crown | Demneter af bas tYANSVEFSC. 2. eck wee eaee .0115 The short slightly denticulate cutting edges and the strongly grooved surface distinguish the anterior teeth of this species at once from the J. cyphodon. Several specimens have been found by Mr. Wheatley. 1877.) 233 [Cope. On the Vertebrata of the Dakota Epoch of Colorado. By E. D. Cops. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 21, 1877.) Not long since I was informed by the Superintendent of Public Schools of Fremont County, Colorado, Mr. O. W. Lucas, that he had discovered the bones of an enormous saurian at an outcrop of the rocks of the Dakota group not far from Canyon City. I encouraged him to proceed with the exploration, and asked him to send some specimens which would explain the character of his discovery. One of the first objects sent, is a fragment- ary lower jaw of a carnivorous dinosaurian, which he found on the surface of the ground. This fossil was found to belong to a species heretofore un- known, which I referred to the genus Laelaps, under the name of Laelaps trihedrodon.* The second sending included a number of vertebra, which apparently represent a much more gigantic animal, and I believe the largest or most bulky animal capable of progression on land of which we have any knowledge. This reptile I described in ny paleontological bulletin No. 26, under the name of Camarasaurus supremus. Subsequent send- ings included many of the more important bones of the skeleton, which render it comparatively easy to determine the general character of this monster. Later collections received from Mr. Lucas include the teeth of two large species of a new genus which has been characterized under the name of Cuulodon ; and the vertebre of three genera new to science, which I have named TZichosteus, and Symphyrophus. He also pro- cured remains of two additional forms of gigantic size, fit rivals of the Camarasaurus, which I referred to the new genus Amphicalias. A spe- cies of tortoise was associated with these saurians, and appears to have been abundant. It is the oldest species of the order yet obtained from Ameri- can formations, and is not very different from existing forms. The above named genera are the only ones from the Dakota horizon of this continent which have been defined, up to the present time. The species of Camarasaurus and Amphicelias, which attained to the most gigantic proportions, are remarkable for the light construction of the vertebra anterior to the tail. In both genera the centra of the dorsal ver- tebre are hollow, including two large chambers which are separated by a longitudinal median wall, and which communicate with the cavity of the body by a foramen on each side. They are also remarkable for the enor- mous elevation of the superior arches, and diapophyses, the result of which is to give the ribs an unusually elevated basis, and the cavity of the body much space above the vertebral axis on each side. On the other hand the hones of the tail and limbs are solid or nearly so, in great contrast with some of the Dinosaurta of later geological periods. Another peculiarity of the genus Camarasaurus at least, is the probable great length of the an- « Bullet. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terrs. III, 1877, p. 805. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 80C. XVII. 100. 2D. PRINTED JAN. 12, 1878. Cope. J 234 (Dec. 21, terior limbs. The scapula is enormous as compared with the pelvic bones. The sacrum is also small and short, showing that the weight was not borne ss on the hinder limbs. The great length of the humerus in the probably allied genus Dystropheus, from the Trias of Utah, adds to the probability that the same bones were large in Camarasaurus. This character, taken in connection with the remarkably long neck possessed by that genus, suggests a resemblance in form and habits between those huge reptiles and the giraffe. While some of the later Dinosauria elevated themselves on their hind limbs to reach the tree-tops on which they fed, the general form of the body in some of these earlier types enabled them to reach their food without the anterior limbs leaving the earth. Another remarkable peculiarity which these genera share with Dystro- pheus and Cetiosaurus is the irregular and pitted character of the articular extremities of some of the bones. This indicates a cartilaginous covering. and probably in some instances an osseous cap or epiplysis. Dr. Hayden visited the locality of Mr. Lucas’ excavations, and informs me that the formation from which the Camarasaurus was obtained, is the Dakota. Prof. Marsh has attempted to identify what is, according to Prof, Mudge, the same horizon, one hundred miles north of Canyon City, with the Wealden of England. Specimens from the northern locality which I have examined render it certain that the horizon is that of Mr. Lucas’ ex- cavations. Of this I may say that there is no paleontological evidence of its identity with the Wealden. The resemblance of the vertebrate fossils to those of the English Oolite is much greater, but not sufficient as yet for identification. The discovery of Vertebrata in the strata of the Dakota epoch is an im- portant addition to the geology and paleontology of North America. The numerous geologists who have explored its outcrops have failed hitherto to observe remains of this class of animals. Credit is due to Superintendent © O. W. Lucas for this discovery, and also in an especial manner for the skill and care he has exercised in taking out and shipping the ponderous specimens. CAMARASAURUS Cope. Paleontological Bulletin No. 25, p. 5; (published August 23, 1877). The characters of this genus are derived from nearly all portions of the skeleton excepting the skull and ungues. The bones are generally in good preservation. The vertebre of the cervical, dorsal and lumbar region are all opistho- coelous or reversed ball and socket. The centra of the cervicals are very elongate, but those which follow them diminish rapidly in length, until in the lumbar region they have but a small anteroposterior diameter. The anterior caudal vertebre are also very sbort and wide; but the length of the centra gradually increases, so that the distal ones are quite elongate: The caudal centra are all moderately amphicoelous. The centra of the cervicals and dorsals are hollow, and the interior 1877.] 235 (Cope. chambers communicate with the cavity of the body by a large foramen on each side, which is below the base of the diapophysis. In the cer- vical vertebra it is very elongate, and extends between the bases of the parapophysis and diapophysis. In the dorsal centra there are but two chambers, which are separated by a longitudinal median septum. The neural arches are codssified with the centrum throughout the col- umn. They are extraordinarily elevated, and their antero-posterior diam- eter is small. The zygapophyses are at its summit, and have extensive articulating surfaces. The anterior pair are divided by a deep median fissure, while the posterior are united, and support as a pendant from their inferior median line a hyposphen, a structure more fully described under the head of the genus Amphicoelias, where it is equally developed. When the vertebre are in relation, the base of the hyposphen enters the fissure between the anterior zygapophyses, and maintains them in position. This structure is obsolete in the lumbar vertebre. The diapophyses rise from the neural arch to a considerable length up- wards and outwards, in the anterior dorsals. They become shorter pos- teriorly, but in none of the vertebre anterior to the sacrum do they issue from the centrum. In the caudal vertebre they are short and robust, and issue from the superior part of the centrum, They do not continue far on the tail. Those of the dorsal vertebre are light and concave below. They are supported by thin osseous buttresses, the most important of which are the two inferior ones. The anterior of these is much the most prominent, and bears the capitular articular facet for the rib. In no case is this sur- face seen on the centrum, but it descends somewhat in the posterior verte- bre, but not as low as the level of the neural canal. The neural spines are rather short, and are set transversely to the axis of the animal. The superior portion is expanded transversely, and in an anterior dorsal vertebra, is widely emarginate above, so as to appear double. The neural spines of the caudal vertebre are compressed and elevated, though thickened at the apex. The zygapophyses are situated low down, and are directed very obliquely. The chevron bones of the caudal verte- bre have short limbs which are not united at the base, and a long common median spine. : The sacrum is short and consists of only four vertebral centra, thoroughly coéssified. The anterior articular extremity is convex ; that of the poste- rior extremity slightly concave. Its transverse processes are, like those of the other vertebra, much elevated, although they spring from the centra. The external face of their bases is not prominent, and the spaces between their projecting portions are deeply excavated. The centra are like those of the caudal vertebre, composed of dense bone. The extremities of the adjacent transverse processes are united, thus enclosing large foramina. The scapula is relatively of large size. It is rather elongate, and the superior extremity is expanded. There is a very large mesoscapular pro- cess, which is wanting in Cetiosaurus, according to Phillip’s figures. It appears to resemble the scapula in Dystropheus.* The two proximal faces, *#See Report of Lt. Wheeler, Vol. IV, pl. LX XXIII, p. 31. Cope.] 236 {Dee. 21, the glenoid and the coracoid, are well distinguished, and their surfaces are like the corresponding faces of other bones, pitted coarsely. The coracoid bone is of proportionately small size. It is of an irregu- larly quadrate form, with the proximal extremity the shortest. The ar- ticular face is large, and is presented obliquely away from the long axis of the plate. There are no emarginations nor intermediate processes, and the perforating foramen is well removed from the border. Pelvic bones of two forms are present. Neither of them resembles pel- vic bones of Dinosauria, and are least of all similar to the forms of ilium which are known in that order. One of them is a robust L-shaped bone, one limb of which is expanded into a wide fan-shaped plate ; and the other is stouter and of sub-equal width, terminating in a stout sub-triangular ar- ticular extremity. The face of this limb of the bone which looks away from the fan-shaped plate is concave throughout its entire length, forming a large part of the acetabulum. Both edges of this cavity are free and rounded. The absence of articular faces above the acetabulum renders the identification of the bone with either pubis or ischium difficult. The second pelvic bone is larger than the first, and unlike it, is in one plane. Its form is that of a low triangle with a long base, at each extremity of which the angles are truncated. The ‘‘basal’’ border is gently concave in the long direction and thick and convex in the cross-section, The two “‘sides’’ of the triangle are rather thin margins, but one of them is thicker than the other. One extremity of the bone is more robust than the other, and is divided into two planes. The one is transverse and sub-triangular, and applies to the extremity of the stout or acetabulum limb of the other pelvic bone. The other is smaller, is oblique and concave, and when the two bones are placed in relation, forms a continuation of the acetabular surface already described. Within this and the proximal portion is a large foramen which resembles the pectineal perforation of the pubis. The femur is long and without prominent third trochanter, this process being represented by a low ridge. The condyles have an extensive poste- rior sweep, and are separated by a shallow trochlear groove in front. A tibia which was found with the other bones, is much shorter than the for- mer, and has a much expanded head. It is very robust, especially at the distal extremity. The astragalus was evidently distinct from it. A meta- podial bone is very robust. Its extremities are much expanded, and the shaft contracted, and it is furnished with a prominent median keel on one half of its posterior aspect. Several genera have been described, which possess some of the features presented by those to which the present animal belongs. The following are characterized by the presence of the lateral sinuses of the vertebral centra: Megadactylus Hitch., Cetiosaurvs Owen, Ornithopsis Seeley, Bothrospondylus Ow., and Pneumatarthrus Cope. The first of these may be dismissed with the remark that its caudal vertebre possess the sinuses as well as the dorsals, which we have seen is not the case with the Colo- rado animal. Thecentra of C’etiosaurus according to Owen, and those of. 1877.) 237 [Cope. Preumaturthrus, do not exhibit the cavernous structure above described, but are uniformly spongy interiorly. Ornithopsis of Seeley, which Owen refers to his subsequently described Bothrospondylus, possesses a cavernous cellu- lar structure, which I have not found in the reptile from Canyon City, Colorado, but which occurs in the huge saurian discovered by Prof. Lakes, near Golden, Colorado, in the same stratigraphical horizon. Another name (Chondrosteosaurus) has been introduced by Prof. Owen, but he gives no characters, nor points out how it differs from Ornithopsis, which it resembles in its cellular structure. A short time prior to my publication of the description of the genus Camarasaurus, Prof. O. C. Marsh of New Haven issued a description of a portion of a sacrum of a saurian found in the Dakota beds near Morrison, Colorado, a point one hundred miles north of Canyon City. Totheanimal to which the sacrum belonged, Professor Marsh gave the name of Titano- saurus montanus. As the name of the genus was not accompanied by any generic diagnosis or specific reference to its characters, it has no claim to adoption according to the rules of nomenclature, nor is the genus distinguished from some of those above enumerated. Especially is there nothing to indicate that it differs from Ornithopsis or Bothrospondylus. The name given has also been already employed by Dr. Lydekker of the Geological Survey of India. CAMARASAURUS SUPREMUS Cope. Paleontological Bulletin, No. 25, p. 7; Aug. 1877. The bones of this species so far discovered by Mr. Lucas are:—a cervical and twenty dorsal and lumbar vertebre, with twenty caudals. Both scapule and coracoids were recovered, with one-half of the sacrum, and two pairs of pelvic bones. Of the hind limb I have the femur, with a tibia less certainly belonging to the same animal, although found among the other bones. There is one metapodial. There are many other bones which I have not yet reconstructed or determined. The dimensions of this animal may be inferred from the fact that the cervical vertebra is twenty inches in length and twelve in transverse diame- ter; and that one of the dorsals measures three and a half feet in the spread of its diapophyses, two anda half feet in elevation and the centrum thirteen inches in transverse diameter. Another dorsal is two feet ten inches in ele- vation. The scapula is five and a half feet in length and the femur six feet. The centra of these vertebre bear a ball and socket articulation of the opisthocoelian type, the cups and balls being well pronounced ; just be- neath the diapophysis is situated a huge foramen. A broken centrum from which Mr. Lucas removed the matrix, shows that this foramen com- municates with a huge internal sinus, which occupies almost the entire half of the body of the vertebra. Those of opposite sides are separated by a septum which is thin medially. Thus the centra of the dorsals are hollow. The neural arches are remarkable for their great elevation, and the great expanse of the zygapohpyses. They are more remarkable for the Cope.] 238 (Dee. 21, form of the neural spines, which are transverse to the long axis of the cen- trum. That of one of the vertebre is strongly emarginate so as to be hi- furcate. The widely extended diaphophyses support the rib articulations, and there are no capitular articular facets on the centra. The cervical vertebra is depressed, the anterior or convex extremity of the centrum the mostso. It is remarkable for its elongate form, exceeding the proportions found in known Dinosauria and Crocodilia, and resembling that seen in some fluviatile tortoises. Near the anterior extremity a short, robust parapophysis has its origin, from which it extends outwards and downwards, and soon terminates in a truncate extremity which presents downwards. A deep fossa occupies its upper base, and above this a deep linear foramen extends throughout the greater part of the length of the centrum. If this vertebra possesses a diapophysis it is rudimental. The caudal vertebre are amphicelian, but not deeplyso. They are sub- quadrate in section, and not so short as the corresponding ones of Hadro- saurus. The most anterior one of the series has short, robust diapophyses, and is more concave anteriorly than posteriorly. ‘The other caudals are more equally biconcave, but the cavity is very shallow on the most distal of them. The centrum is relatively more elongate and compressed than those of the others. None of them display the lateral pneumatic fossa which exists in the dorsals, and where broken so as to permit a view of the internal structure, the latter appears to consist of rather finely spongy tissue. The chevron facets are not very well defined, and the neural spines are of usual forms, and on two anterior vertebrie elongate. Many peculiarities are exhibited by the vertebre of this species, which are not described in saurians known up tothe present time. Many of these would have been lost in less careful hands than those of Mr. Lucas, and science is much indebted to him for the preservation of many walls and buttresses of light proportions. In general the external walls of the centra are thin, and the processes are composed of lamin united by narrow mar- gins. The vertebre are lighter in proportion to their bulk than in any air- breathing vertebrate. The anterior extremity of the centrum of the cervical vertebra is promi- nently convex, and muchdepressed. The posterior and concave extremity is wider, and of rather greater vertical diameter. The base of the neural arch only occupies half of the length of the centrum, an equal extent of the superior surface extending freely beyond it at its anterior and posterior extremities. The linear lateral foramen commences a little behind the anterior base of the neural arch, and descending somewhat in its direction, terminates be- neath the posterior extremity of the base of the neural arch. The base of the latter overhangs the foramen and the base of the transverse process. The interior surface of the centrum is concave, the concavity being bounded in front by the inferior convex thickening of the extremity. Behind the middle the surface becomes plane, and is, near the posterior extremity, bounded on each side by a short angular ridge. 1877.) 239 (Cope. Measurements. M. Length of centrum between anterior convexity and pos- HOTIOL MP ieee. ersentiewsae mnetendines. cigars elaendagineamiete es .565 Depth of posterior cup...........c eee ee eee tec eceeenes -090 Diameter of cup { VOLllCal vmes ives saditieangs seeaeeae eet 310 AEATIS VETSE cic°3-3.5 goes ous Sata Sek cad comaueeee 160 Length of parapophysis........... saceaceisae Sig’ seeee 095 Width of neural canal.............. 0.2 eee eens iesea a 068 The dorsal vertebra which I suppose the anterior one of those received, is characterized by the lack of the median portion of the neural spine, and the extension outwards of the median lateral processes described above. The diapophyses are much longer, and the zygapophyses more extended transversely. The centrum is constricted at the middle, and especially just behind the convex articular extremity, whose circumference forms a prom- inent rim. The edges of the lip are flared outwards, forming a deep basin, much wider than deep. The fosse described in other vertebre are present in this one, but differs in proportions, owing to the greater size and expanse of the superior parts of the neuralarch. The fossa posterior to the base of the diapophysis is nearly plane, while that at the anterior base is deeply excavated, is narrower, and extends so far along the inferior side of the pro- cess as to give ita semi-circular section near the middle. Distally the di- apophysis has a trialate section, owing to its three longitudinal ridges, and the articular extremity is large and antero-posterior in direction. The pro- _ cess differs from that of the vertebra next described, in the possession of a facet near the middle of its anterior inferior bounding ridge, which is probably costal, as in the vertebra of Crocodilia. The lateral foramen of the centrum is subround. The general surface is smooth. Measurements. : M. Total elevation of vertebra...... 0... c cece cee eee eee T0 “transverse extent of diapopbyses................ 1.010 ( longitudinal.................. 300 | vertical of cup..... Hn Seaeeatn .250 Diameter of centrum | transverse of cup...... sees 340 L « at middle.......... 205 Elevation of zygapophysis above centrum............- 810 Diameter of zygapophysis eee kane aa es “yale -. .170 antero-posterior.........- -090 Width of neuralcanal....... 0... eee eee sexooinak 085 Transverse extent of neural spine.........-.-.-++-++- 440 Length of diapophysis from posterior zygapophysis.... 320 Antero-posterior width of end of diapophysis......... 1385 A dorsal vertebra from a more posterior position, is characterized by its undivivided transverse neural spine. The entire neural arch is of enor- mous elevation, but as the zygapophyses are above its middle, the neural spine is not as long relatively as in various other genera or as in the Cope.) 240 [Dee. 21, caudals of this one. The sides of the centrum are strongly concave, and the borders of the cup flaring. The neural arch is everywhere excavated, so as to reduce the bulk, and produce lightness so far as consistent with strength. The diapophysis rises from a point above the neural canal. It sends a narrow ridge down to the sides of the latter, on each side of which its shaft and base are deeply excavated. The posterior of these foss:e is overlooked by the wide zygapophysis ; and the roof of the anterior one supports the anterior zygapophysis. The former are separated by another and vertical septum, which bifurcates below, forming two prominent bor- ders of the neural canal. At each side of the base of the neural] canal] there are two trilateral fosse, of which the anterior is much the larger and ex- tends higher upon the lateral edge of the spine, They are separated by a lamina. The diapophysis is not very long and is subtriangular in section near the extremity. The neural spine is thickened at the extremity as though for the attachment of a huge ligament, At the summit of its pos- terior basal fossa, at the middle of its height, is an outwardly curved pro- cess with a smooth extero-superior face. Measurements. M. Length. of Centrum. sovieasess csacunrdwewavaree.deeaes 275 Total elevation of vertebra............. sees eee eecr eee .830 Elevation to posterior zygapophyses....... 000... eee ee 550 “ of superior edge of diapophysis above centrum .350 es “* neural spine above posterior zygapophyses.. .295 Length of diapophysis behind....... 22.2... .cee ee eee 215 Depth of extremity of do. (restored)...............-46 075 Transverse extent of summit of neural spine........... 215 es «e neural spine at middle............ .330 In a dorsal vertebra from a more posterior position, the centrum is larger. The capitular costal articulation occupies a lower position, its inferior edge being in line with summit of the neural canal. The lamina which supports it is separated from the anterior lamina which is at the base of the diapo- physis, by a deep cavernous sinus. The posterior zygapophyses send up- wards to the broad neural spine a median buttress each, which enclose a fossa with the marginal buttress of the same. The hyposphen is repre- sented by a vertical lamina only. M. Total elevation of vertebra............ 0. cece cece e eee .900 Elevation of neural spine............0 cece ee ee teen eee 300 a of 6 distally cies .ca0 cmaesdslidane 280 Diameter posterior articular face of centrum............ .360 A lumbar vertebra displays a greater expanse of the posterior articular extremity, which is expanded like a dish. The neural arch and transverse processes have a small fore and aft diameter, and the lateral caverns at the base of the diapophysis are obsolete. The pneumatic foramina are slight- ly higher than long. Posterior zygopophyses are wanting. 1877, 241 [Cope. M. § Verticalccsss cose iPacguaduitoraauasatees 2 -880 Diameter of centrum ~ transverse.........0ecceeceeeee 420 antero-posterior.... ............ .170 Expanse of diapophyses...........0.ceeceeceeseeecees -590 Vertical extent of base of diapophysis to capitular surface .200 A proximal caudal gives the following Measurements. M. Total elevations <4 vsievs s-aesassinaels cavvetancesageees 560 antero-posterior.. .......... eee 170 Diameter of centrum | TYANGVETSE 0... cece eee e eee eces 245 WOTUCAl sci. ces cds veewduaswen cea’ es) Antero-posterior diameter of neural spine.............. 075 Elevation of the neural canal..............cceeceeees .040 fore and aft............. .180 Diameter of median caudal { Verticals scccy ove vases sas -200 trANSVCTSE. 2... cece ee eee 192 fore and aft............ 155 Diameter of posterior caudal - vertical... ......20006 15 transVerse..........008 145 A distal caudal of the elongate type has the following dimensions : M. antero-posterior. ........ee eens 155 Diameter of centrum | TLANSVETSC... 2.6 eee eect e een eee 125 : Welticalsscccccssesonsewweer cs ts .100 The long diameter of the basis of the transverse processes of the large anterior caudal vertebra is directed obliquely upwards and forwards. The anterior faces of some of these centra are flat. The length of the sacrum is M. 0.900 ; elevation of first sacral rest, 0.500. The head of the femur is subround. One side of the shaft is damaged, so that the form of its section cannot be ascertained. The side of the inner condyle is quite flat, and without epicondylar rugosity. Measurement of femur. M. Leng thiscicnainaienn ENTOPTYCHUS CRASSIRAMIS, Sp. nov. This, the largest species of the genus, appears to have been less abundant than the two already described. I refer to it portions of two crania and three mandibular rami, found separately. The superior size of the parts is obvious, the posterior three superior molars having the same longitudinal extent as the entire series of the H#. cavifrons. The gradation in the size of these teeth, is as in that species, the grinding surfaces diminishing rapidly in extent posteriorly. The superciliary ridges are not well pre- served, but were probably thickened as in #. cavifrons, and the interor- bital space was relatively as narrow, and not so wide as in E.planifrons. The measurements below exhibit the characters more exactly. Measurements. M. Width of skull between orbits..........0 020.0000 00 eee .007 Elevation of skull from second molar..........-....--5 015 Length of series of superior molars.......--...-+ e+ eee -0115 antero-posterior. .........66 003 {PANSVETSES 00 08 cada ee 004 antero-posterior. ........-. -002 {AUSVCTSCiis ee cd pain a ae .002 Diameter of second molar { Diameter of fourth molar { In the mandibular rami the inferior masseteric ridge extends to below . the anterior border of the first molar, and is very prominent and acute. It results that both the exterior and inferior aspects of the ramus are con- 4 cave to the anterior extremity of the crest, which slopes upwards. The incisive alveolus, though not prominent as in the Lystricomorpha, is on the inner side of the base of the ramus in front, and the enamel-face of the incisor tooth is directed more inwards than downwards, Above the alveo- lar prominence, the inner face of the ramus is gently concave. The ante- rior origin of the coronoid process is opposite the posterior border of the second molar, Measurements. Length of inferior molar series..........-.. 0. ees eee Width of anterior face of inferior incisor. . PLEUROLICUS SULCIFRONS, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. Fam. Saccomy die. Superior molars rooted and short-crowned. The crowns with a lateral fissure bordered with an inflection of the enamel sheath, extending to their bases. In the superior molars this inflection is on the external side, and does not divide the crown, Superior incisors not grooved. This genus is curiously near to the existing Heteromys and Perognathus, the two genera of Saccomyide with rooted molars. The former differs in having the molars divided into two columns, each of which is sheathed in enamel, while Perognathus only differs so far as I am aware, in having the superior incisors grooved. : Specif. Char. This species resembles those of the allied genus Hntop- tychus in many respects. The superciliary borders are thickened upwards, forming two ridges, which enclose a groove between them which is more pronounced than in the Hntoptychus cavifrons. The muzzle is plane above and considerably wider than the interorbital space. The base of the ma- lar is thin and oblique, and the foramen infraorbitale exterius is well in advance of the molar teeth and at the anterior part of the maxillary bone. A groove passes backwards from its inferior border, terminating in a small foramen which marks a point nearly half way to the first molar. Within this, another shallow groove bounds the more prominent median line. The palatal surface exhibits two shallow lateral grooves, which commence op- posite the posterior border of the first molar. The grinding surfaces of the molars are transverse ovals, only interrupted by the exterior fissure. The first molar is slightly different in form, being larger, and its section, when not much worn, being nearly round, Its an- terior portion extends towards the alveolus, giving an antero-posterior oval, on prolonged wear. Each tooth has three roots, one interior and two exterior ; in the first they may be described as two posterior and one ante- rior. The last molar is the smallest, the series exhibiting a regular grada- tion in size. . Measurements. : M. Interorbital width.............. Brahcesa Neues i cesthceasiee -0050 Width 6f mtizzléat. Midd... nes eee eee nes 0080 5 : Measurements. M. Depth of cranium at M. 2... ..cc.c. cee ce sec eeeee seve 60138 Length of molar series along base...... aa aay co -.. .0080 Diameter of second molar ‘ antero-posterior........... .0016 LUNSVEISCiiscde ese aes ee 0020 Width of face of superior incisor........... ioattcmen 20020 MENIscomys HIPPODUS, Zen. et sp. nov. Gen. Chur, The characters of this genus are derived from the dentition of both jaws, and from portions of the cranium which are preserved. The molars are rooted, and number +. Those of the superior series are with- out enamel inflections, and the triturating surface exhibits two external and one internal crescentic sections of the investing enamel. On the sec- ond superior molar there are three external crescents in the typical species ; and the first molar is simply conic. Between the inner and external cres- cents, there are the curved edges of enamel plates directed obliquely and transversely. The grinding surfaces of the inferior molars display in the unworn condition, two L-shaped transverse crests, connected longitu- dinally on the median line ; on wearing. the lateral emarginations of the enamel become shvllower, disappearing from the inner side, but remaining on the outer. Incisor teeth not grooved. Furameninfraorhitale anterius, if present, elevated in position and near orbit. The characters of the dentition of this genus resemble those of the genus Pteromys, which is now confined to Asia and the Malaysian Archipelago. The superior molars differ from those of Pleromys in wanting all reéntrant enamel inflection. Specimens in my collection indicate two species of Mniscomys. Spectf. Char, Superior molars with a vertical ridge from the points of junction of the crescents on the external side; there are thus two on the second molar, and one each on the third and fourth. Within each of the external crescents is another crescentic edge of a pair of vertical enamel plates, and the inner marginal crescent sends off a short transverse branch towards them. With attrition, all these crests unite by their extremities, enclosing four distinct lakes, which, after still further wear, disappear. Attrition produces a similar result in the inferior molars, viz.: two pairs of crescents enclosing four lakes, which ultimately wear out. The inferior incisor has a shallow concavity on its anterior face. The maxillary bone, anterior to the molar teeth, is shorter than the pre- maxillary. The incisive foramina are entirely in the latter. The sides and superior aspect of the muzzle are regularly convex in transverse sec- tion. The inferior incisive alveolus is enclosed entirely in the plane of the ramus, and extends posteriorly to below the last molar tooth. ‘The masse- teric ridge is very oblique, and rises to a median point below the second molar. The coronoid process rises from the front of the last molar. Measurements. M. - Length of superior molar series. ..........-...0 00. .-. 008 6 Measurements. M. Diameter of second superior molar inten: paateietey «008 -C transverse... 2.26 -0035 in é xe i antero-posterior... .0020 vhs aeeeeth lense -. 0025 ~Width of superior incisor..... He Lesa aimmae ess Bes -0020 Length from base of first superior molar to base of in- ESOT ecciaks seer a owaiaas Cie heteed sloniiing Stems 8 RA .0065 Width between bases of first molars...............0.5 0020 Length of fist inferior molar......... 6... eee cece eee 0083 Depth of ramus at second molar. .............2-.654- -0050 Width ee Below. 8% ee Aduanwigeaatewetad -0035 MENISCOMYS MULTIPLICATUS, sp. nov. This species is considerably larger than the WZ. hippodus, and differs in the greater complication of the enamel plates of the inferior molars. The four crescentic areas are discernible on the worn surfaces of the crown, of which the posterior inner is reduced in size on the middle two molars. The two enclosed lakes have very plicate borders which form many small loops, and sometimes they are fused into a single irregular area. The last molar is extended a little posteriorly, and all present an entrant angle be- tween the inner columns. The coronoid process originates opposite the third molar, and the masseteric ridge ceases below the middle of the jaw below the second molar. Measurements. M. Probable length of inferior molar series.............. -0120 Length of posterior three molars.........-........045 -0095 Diameter. of second molak ( antero-posterior........... -0030 tPANSVEISE cic eaase a Grave 0025 Lengthof fotifth Molar, «i. .c.csneswwae see eas eens 0040 Depth of ramns below second molar.................. 0070 Width ue HE) “ReGen aeetsle 0050 CARNIVORA. TEMNOCYON ALTIGENIS, gen. et sp. nov. Gen. Char. This genus is only known from a mandibular ramus which su, ports all the teeth excepting the incisors and probably the last molar. There are four premolars and probably three true molars, all having the general character of those of Canis. The only character by which I dis- tinguished the new genus Zemnocyon is seen in the form of the heel of the sectorial tooth. Instead of presenting a concave surface bounded by ridges or tubercles, it presents a more or less median cutting edge as in the poste- rior premolars of O.rywna. In the typical species, there is but one row of cusps on the first tubercular molar, but they are not elevated, and stand on one side of the crown. In comparing this genus with types other than Cunide, one can recognize in its characteristic peculiarity of the sectorial 7 tooth, one well-known in the typical genera of Viverride and Mustelide. Temnocyon is, however, truly canine in other details, and appears to ap- proach the genus Paleocyon of Lund. According to this author, the posterior inner tubercle of the anterior part of the crown of the sectorial tooth is wanting in that genus, so that it is distinct from the North Ameri- can form. Specif. Char. The mandibular ramus is rather deep and compressed, much more so than in the Canis latrans, with which it agrees in the length of the dental series. As compared with the existing species of Canis and Vulpes of North America, the sectorial tooth is relatively smaller and the premolars larger. In this respect it agrees with most other dogs of the Lower Miocene, and differs from those of the Upper Miocene (Loup Fork).* The posterior tubercle is wanting from the premolars, excepting the last, where it is large and obtuse, differing in this respect also from most recent dogs, and from the cotemporary Canis gregarius. In the sectorial tooth the principal cusp is much clevated above the anterior, while the inner median is small, with its apex in line with the anterior. The cutting edge of the heel is not acute, and is a little external to the median line ; there is a weak cingulum-like angle at its inner base. The first tubercular tooth is large, nearly equaling in antero-posterior diameter the base of the third premolar. It is parallelogrammic in transverse section, and supports two principal cusps and an anterior ledge. The cusps are pronounced and stand exterior to the middie line; their inner side slopes to the base of the crown where there is no cingulum. The ledge is higher on the inner than the external side. There are no basal cingula on either side of the bases of any of the teeth. The second tubercular molar is lost. The alveolar margin of the jaw rises behind the sectorial tooth, and the inferior margin begins to ascend below the middle of the same tooth more decidedly than in C. lupus, latrans or cuspigerus. The two large mental foramina, are situated, the one below the second, the other below the third premolars. Measurements. M. Length of anterior six molars.......-..-. 0... eee eee es 078 = ns fou ye \eoeecaniponiens ceecieneeee 045 #8 pase of second premolar.............0.6.00 O11 Elevation of crown ‘“ sO)" “WEP SE ee sega a Meeuey O11 Length of base of fourth Me Se Awuae nace ech era 015 Elevation of crown “ SE! eSesaunan Sees ida paioaauans .014 Length of base of sectorial tooth...............-++4e5- 0185 Elevation of principal cusp of sectorial tooth ......... .0160 ee anterior ae - tO eaee eee a 009 Length of heel of sectorial.............---. 0. eee e ee eee 007 Elevation s HC _ seiapiaa Rr RA 2 ahaa acatei ada eaeie ey 0085 Length of crown of first tubercular..........0+-+.---5- 0115 % See Proceedings Academy Philadelphia, 1875, p. 22, where I have discussed the origin and history of the sectorial tooth. 8 Meusurements. M. Width of crown of first tubercular.............0000265 . .0065 Depth of ramus at P. M. 2...... snteangnins bcas Rupee Gents ace 024 - §€ GE SECtORI As, aeosc cies a eareset hed Re site .028 Thickness‘ Chie ehhaueuea Nearer sp aahicylerar ash al .010 Canis CUSPIGERUS, sp. nov. This peculiar species is indicated by the greater part of the cranium with dentition, to which are united both rami of the lower jaw with nearly all of the teeth in place. These indicate a dog of small size, about equaling the Canis yregarius Cope, but one presenting marked characters. The third premolar tooth in both jaws differs from the corresponding one in the C. gregarius and in most recent species, in lacking the lobe of the posterior cutting ede, agreeing in this (as regards the inferior series) with the Temnocyon ultigenis. It is present in the fourth inferior premo- Jar, which has besides, a low heel. The inferior sectorial tooth is charac- terized by its great robustness ; the internal median tubercle is much ele- vated, while the principal cusp is short. The heel is wide and basin-shaped, with the inner border as much clevated as the outer. The first tubercular molar is characterized by its width as compared with its length being nearly as wide transversely as fore and aft. It has two anterior cusps followed by ® basin with elevated borders simulating two posterior cusps. There are an anterior and a exterior cingulum. The second tubercular is a min- iature of the first, differing in the more robust external posterior cusp, and the absence of external basal cingulum. There are no complete cingula on the external bases of the other inferior teeth. The second superior tubercular is well developed, having two external tubercles. The anterior inner cusp of the superior sectorial is dis!inct'and acute, and there is a cingulun along the inner base of the crown. The exserted portion of the canines is Jong, slender, and with an oval section narrowed behind. The enamel of all the molars is more or less rugose, a character which is only found amony our extinct dogs in the C. gelsmardiunus. The mandibular rami are shallow, and their inferior margin is not stout. A gentle clevation of the latter commences below the first tubercular tooth and the alveolar border rises but little behind. The masseteric fossa is deep and well defined. Measurements. M. Length of inferior molar series... ... a hbasesGf MUL PreiwwOlndS-ss 06.4 ¢cewsecuws aes 023 i DAS@OP SECO 8. wan eoen hoeduedia tee 005 Elevation crown be fa ie yal id dene re 005 Length of base of fourth Ke “phewgalun sedaeegt eee. 0072 Elevation of crown “ SC giteehg RB Rallee eae 9055 Leveth.or PASE Of SCCIOLria):. 23 ccs Rae ee tees ecco aawtes -010 Elevation Of Principal CGS, sacs ieee oe eave acne eae s 006 Width of heel of sectorialics.cannnog ssxnewnadad vere ee 006 HW Measurements, M. Diameter of first tubercular / @tero-posterior.......... -006 THONSVCTSO..05 gorddacad adie 005 Antero-posterior diameter second tubercular............ -003 Length of base of superior sectorial................... 009 en bases of two tuberculars...... eer rere -012_ “ base of first: tubercular..................00% 0064 Canis GEISMARIANUS, sp. nov. This species of dog may be placed with reference to the size of its infe- rior sectorial tooth between the C. lippincottianus and C. hartshornianus. In the robust proportions of this tooth it more nearly resembles the @. cuspigerus. The mandibular ramus is robust and shallow, and quite dis- tinct from the deep jaw of C. hartshornianus. The sectorial has perhaps twice the bulk of those of the C. kppincottiunus and ©. cuspigerus. From that of the latter it diflers further in the small inner tubercle and con- tracted heel. The sectorial part of the tooth is relatively small, not exceeding the heel in length, and its cusps are low. The heel is notable for the elevation of the tubercle of the inner side—which exceeds that of the outer; the latter also, is contracted, standing within the external base, which is represented by a short cingulum. QASteMass iv ete. scvadstiaes eka gameews 025 Length base of first premolar. ....... 60.0... 0 eee eee ee O15 se Sf SCCHUTIAD wis narnsnie dh uaaeeaa anise aac .027 Depth of ramus below second premolar..............-- 082 ve «ce superior canine............. 060 027 This sabre-toothed tiger is larger than the Macherodus primevus, and is more like the animal indicated by a fragment of the lower jaw named by Leidy, M. occidentalis. But the latter agrees with the M. primeous in the relatively small size of teeth, especially of the first premolar, and in their oblique position, characters not seen in M. brachyops. PERISSODACTYLA. ANCHITHERIUM EQUICEPS, sp. Nov. This animal is represented by a portion of the skeleton including a com- plete cranium of one individual with mandibular rami of several others The characters of the species are well marked, and do not. approach very nearly to those of any other known to me. The skull is considerably larger than that of A. datrdi, and the length Abe is greatcr as Compared to the transverse and vertical diameters. The pre- orbital region is but litthe concave, and the anterior border of the orbit is above the posterior half of the first true molar. The molar teeth present a tubercle between the anterior lobes, and a weak cingulum extends round the inner base of the anterior one, and in the second premolar, round the base of both inner lobes. Thence it passes round the anterior base of the crowa and ceases in a tubercle which rises in contact with the anterior median crest. On the posterior side of the crown the cingulum in like manner terminates in the large three-sided posterior marginal tubercle. The anterior median tubercle-crest is well distinguished from the anterior inner tubercle and is directed very obliquely. The posterior median crest is continuous with the inner, and is well separated from the external crests. The external basal cingulum is robust, the columns are prominent, and the outer faces of the external crescents deeply impressed but with a well marked median ridge. The external cingulum and its margins is ru- gose; other parts of the enamel smooth. ‘The first premolar has two roots; the second premolar is as long as the fourth, and longer than the Jast true molar. Measurements. M LO IGngth: OF CHM as ccce aias ened aneeen Ahead 280 Length of dental series to first incisor.......... 2.22.25 147 a “ ee CUMING: ces cigs a Riteisceroci trans . 180 et molar “Sy kenu gene wader sees ed aes 100 sd premolars Lia nee ans iS godca BERG eseseetngaet 053 nS second premolar..............4- sehanives aseee aOLo Width of ae e ie gOpe EoD ae tae ane O15 Dinmeter Tisharaeciol: J antero-posterior. ........- . 135 ( tramsverse. ...... Pion menses .0165 Ditmeteror laseiraenwiar f antero-posterior. ........... 9135 ETAUSNETSO. Liaise s.c-8 8 cence .0170 From A. condoni Leidy, this species differs materially in the composi- tion of the superior molars In that species there are no inner tubercle and cingulum ; the anterior median crest is more completely separated ; the anterior cingulum does not cease with the anterior marginal tubercle, and the posterior marginal tubercle is linear, not trihedral. ANCHITHERIUM BRACHYLOPHOUM, sp. nov. Portions of the maxillary bones supporting molar teeth, indicate a spe- cies of the size of the A. cguiceps, but differing in various respects. The median and inner tubercles are not deeply separated, and the for- mer are cut off from the external crescents by a deep fissure. There is no tubercle between the bases of the inner cones, nor is there any internal cingulum. The anterior cingulum does not develop a distinct tubercle, and does not extend to the anterior extremity of the anterior outer cres- cent. The posterior cingulum develops a large trihedral tubercle, and then extends nearly to the external crescent. The external cingulum is 13 robust, and the external columns are prominent; the intervening spaces are impressed, and have a distinct median ridge. Enamel smooth or slightly rugose at base of crown. Measurcinents. M. Length of two superior molars..........20..:e0e ee eres -030 Diameter of first superior molar f antero-posterior. ..... .015 (transverse.......... . 017 These dimensions are those of the A. cquiceps. ANCHITHERIUM LONGICRISTIS, sp. DOV. Z This is a smaller species than the two above described, having the di- mensions of the 21. bairdi. The best specimen representing it consists of a right maxillary bone, which supports all the molars excepting the last. The infraorbital foramen issues above the third premolar. The first pre- molar is two-rooted ; the second ig not clongate, and is equal to the other premolars, or the penultimate true molar, in antero-posterior diameter. There are no interior basal tubercles or cingula, but the anterior cingulum has a tubercle which is appressed closely to the anterior median. The posterior cingulum expands into a large tribedral posterior marginal tuber- cle. The anterior median tubercle-crest, appears in the worn state to be moderately distinct from the internal ; both it and the posterior middle are characterized by their production outwards ; the latter passing between the éxterior crescents and forming a junction with their common connection. The external cingula are not strongly marked, nor the external faces of the crescents impressed ; the latter are convex, and with the median ridge little distinct. Hnamel smooth. Measurements. M. Length of anterior six molars........ piriaeie Re sie acnlatenis -062 “ PremolarSeriesin. = noua stead sees tttvgavene gO44 antero-posterior........ .018 transverse........ saxew O14 antero-posterior. ..... «- 0125 transverse............. .0165 In the Annual Report of the. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terrs. for 1873,* I gave the comparative characters of the three species of this genus then known to me, viz.: A. bairdd Leidy ; A. cuncatum Cope, and A. exoletwm Cope. I now give a table in which the three species above described are intro- duced, with the A. condoni Leidy. Diameter of second premolar { Diameter of second true molar { A A tubercle between the internal lobes of the superior molars. Larger ; median tubercles well separated ; Jarge anterior and posterior mareinal tubercles, sescesacssaaetese wecevesas dear eiens A. equiceps. Smaller; median tubercles not separated ; 10 anterior marginal and a small posterior marginal tubercle. ............2-000- SaROE ci Cue A. bairdi. Ad No tubercle between inner lobes. * Page 496. 14 i. External cingulum robust. f Anterior median crest little or not distinct. Larger; median crests cut off externally ; no anterior marginal tubercle ; external faces impressed. ...........-.. Segmeseee re A. brachylophum. Small; posterior median crest confluent with external crests ; an anterior marginal tubercle ; external face little impressed.......A. longicristis. 23 Anterior median crest isolated. Larger; a large anterior marginal tubercle; posterior marginal linear ; Wriulled .. wis ens eaw da seeatn agence Disko eowinhecnmg eat A. condont. Small; anterior marginal tubercle minute, posterior triangular; median crests short; smooth............. eres fede eueewaee sy A. cuneatum. ii. External cingulum narrow. External faces without median rib; median crests short, the anterior cut off; marginal tubercles small. ............-- iene A. exoletum. STYLONUS SEVERSUS, gen. et sp. nov. Gen. Char. These are derived from superior molar teeth Stylonus is allied to Hippotherium in details, including the isolation of the anterior internal enamel covered column, which thus forms an island of dentine, and in the prismatic character of the tooth. It differs from it in the fact that the posterior internal column is isolated in the same manner as the an- terior, thus forming a second island on the triturating surface of the crown. This interesting new genus adds one to the already numerous forms of exvinct equine animals. It carries to its limit the line of dévelopment which retains the inner tubercles of the molar crown distinct from the median. The preceding station on this line which we know is the genus Anchippus, where the median crests have not assumed the antero-posterior direction belonging to the higher equine genera, and where the molars have short crowns and long roots. We may then believe that the line which includes Anchippus, Hippotherium, and Stylonus, is a side branch from that which terminated in Hquus. The line of Hquus must be traced from Anchitherium through Protohippus and Hippidiwm. Spectf. Char. Two superior molar teeth were accompanied by a num- ber of inferior molars as having been all found together, but whether they belong to one individual is uncertain. The dentinal lakes of the superior molar are confluent by the median transverse valley, and increased wear would probably join the posterior pair by their posterior angles. The bor- ders of the cementum Jakes are simple, except one or two plications on their opposed adjacent borders, and one at the posterior inner part of the posterior. The internal columns are small, and their sections form two equal ovals with their long axes antero-posterior. The anterior dentinal lake sends off a narrow loop towards the posterior part of the anterior column. The shaft of the tooth is incurved, and the external face is un- equally divided by the usual ridge. The wide gutters on cach side of the latter are uniformly concave, and contain a rather shallow deposit of cementum. 15 In the inferior molars the two median interior tubercles are stout, and the loops which they bound, are nearly enclosed. There is a tubercle be- tween the bases of the external columns. Measurements. ; M. Length of crown of superior molar. ...........200.005 028 Diameter superior molar f antero-posterior. ..........- -018 transverse. 0.6... 0022. sees .016 Long diameter internal column-lake..............2.000. .005 From the Pliocene formation of Cottonwood, Grant co., Oregon. DoOpON SHOSHONENSIS, gen. et sp. nov. Gen. Char. These are indicated by the terminal portion of the lower jaw of a huge mammal, which does not resemble that of any known genus of this order. It supports on the side, three incisors, one canine, and two premolars, which form an uninterrupted series. The first pre molar has two roots; and the canine is of huge proportions. The mandib- ular symphysis is coéssified, and there are no osseous tuberosities on it nor on the adjacent parts of the rami. », The characters of the piece on which this genus is established indicate that the latter probably pertains to the Chalicotheriide along with Menodus and Symborodon. From these its six inferior incisors distinguish it, while the absence of a diastema separates it from Chalicothertum. From Pale- osyops and Limnohyus it may be known by the large two-rooted first pre- molar, or more correctly, in all probability, by the absence of the first premolar of the inferior series. In the relatively powerful canines it re- sembles the Jast named rather than the first named genera. Specif. Char. The canine teeth are very robust, as in the spccies of Hlotherium. The inferior face of the symphysis is not steeply inclined. and is quite elongate. It is narrowed near the bifurcation and expands to a rounded incisive border. The first incisor is narrower than the second and third, which are robust. There are two small mental foramina, the larger below the anterior root of the anterior premolar ; the second below the anterior root of the second premolar. Measurements. M. Length of symphysis above............. 2-26 cece eens 155 Width between bases of canines............. 0.20 eee .100 Antero-posterior diameter of base of canine............ -055 Transverse et second incisor..... .022 ‘ . antero-posterior.... .040 Diameter of base of first premolar { T 7 L transverse......... -025 This species ig the largest of the North Amcrican Perissodactyla, with the possible exception of the Menodus proutit. ARTIODACTYLA. HYoPoTaMUS GUYOTIANUS, Sp. nov. This species of a genus little known in North America, is represented by 16 a portion of the left mandibular ramus, in which only the last molar is sufficiently well preserved for identification. The latter is, however, per- fect, and furnishes clear evidence of the former existence on the west side | of the Rocky Mountains of a species distinct from the HZ. americanus Leidy from the more eastern regions. The cones are in pairs and are directly opposed ; their section is sub-trihedral, the two external sides of the ex- ternal cones, forming a regular convexity. The cusps are acutely pro- duced and slightly divergent. The posterior side of each outer cusp is excavated ; the exterior side of the same presents a median rib with a con cavity on each side, which is terminated below by an imperfect cingulum, The latter terminates on each side of the base of the cusp in a rudimental cusp, of which there are thus four on the external side of the tooth. The boundaries of the inner fice of the external cusps are angular ; the poste- rior one joins a corresponding ridge from the inner cusps, but there is no descending ridge on the anterior inner side of the internal cusp, which therefore forms no junction with the opposite part of the external cusp. The fifth cusp is well developed, and sends a crest inwards to the interior base of the interior cusp of the adjacent pair. Measurements. M. f antero-posterior....... .022 tramsverse..........- -010 Diameter of last inferior molar This species is smaller than the HZ. americanus, and differs much in de- tails. It is dedicated to Prof. Arnold Guyot, of Princeton, New Jersey. PrintED Dec. 3, 1878. May 17, 1878.] 673 [Cope. Synopsis of the Fishes of the Peruvian Amazon, obtained by Professor Orton during his Expeditions of 1873 and 1877. By E. D. Corr. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 17th, 1878.) The present paper consists of a catalogue of one hundred anc twenty species of fishes which were obtained by the late Professor James Orton, from the head streams of the Amazon. The localities from which the specimens were derived, are the following : Cuzco, on the Urubamba near the head of the Ucayale ; Moyabamba and Balsa Puerto on or near the lower course of the Huallaga ; Nauta on the Marafion at the mouth of the Ucayale, and Pebas below the mouth of the Napo. The larger part of the collections of 1873 came from Nauta, while those of 1877 were partly obtained near Pebas. The specimens from the Urubamba are the only ones taken at a great elevation, that of 11,000 feet. A recapitulation will be given at the close of the Catalogue. The collections contain numer- ous species previously known, as well asa number of interesting novelties. HOLOSTOMI. SYMBRANCHIDA. 1. SyMBRANCHUS MARMORATUS Bloch. Coll. 1873. NEMATOGNATHI. HyYPpoPHTHALMIDA. 2. HyroPHTHALMUS EDENTATUS Spix. Coll. 1873. 3. HyPpOPHTHALMUS PERPOROSUS, sp. nov. Established on a rather large specimen in good preservation. Radii; D. J. 6; A. 67; V. I. 5. The dorsal fin is small, and is situated 35 mm. nearer the end of the muzzle than the base of the superior fulcra of the caudal fin ; it originates above the seventh ray of the anal fin. The extremities of the ventrals do not extend beyond those of the pectorals. The spine of the latter is very weak, although longer than that of the dorsal, and is one- third the length of the head. The head enters the length minus the caudal fin four and one-seventh times, and is just equal to the depth of the body at the anterior part of the anal fin. The eye is one-thirteenth the length of the head, and one-sixth the length of that part of the head anterior to it. The fissure continued from the canthus oris extends to below its center. One eye is a little more elevated than the other, the one having some in- ferior range, the other none. The maxillary barbels commence nearer to the angle of the mouth than to the base of the posterior mental barbels, and extend to a little beyond the base of the ventral fin. The mental barbels are on nearly a transverse line, and are broadly margined posteriorly ; they PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvi. 101. 4F. PRINTED JUNE 1878. Cope.] 674 {May 17, are sub-equal in length, and when extended reach nearly to the opercular border. A peculiarity of this species, which I do not find in-the HZ. edenta- tus, is the porosity of the skin. A series of pores extends along each border of each myocomma, forming double rows, extending from the dorsal to the ventral line 8mm. apart. The pores in each row are from one to two millimeters apart. The general color of this species is silvery, with the head and dorsal region lead colored. Total length M. .500 ; of head .108 ; to the line of the base of the anal .160 ; to base of caudal fin .485. Probably from Nauta. SILURIDA. 4. Sorupim tia Bl., Schn. Coll. 1873-77. 5. PLatysToMa FascrAtum Linn. From Nauta, coll. 1873. I find the anal rays of the specimen to count II-9; Dr. Giinther gives 14. 6. HEMISORUBIM PLATYRHYNCHUS Cuv. Val. Coll. 1877. 7. PHRACTOCEPHALUS HEMLIOPTERUS Schn. Coll. 1877. 8. PsEUDORHAMDIA PISCATRIX Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1870, p. 569. Coll. 1877. 9. PIMELODUS HuMILIS Gthr., Catal. Fishes, Brit. Mus: v 129. A specimen of about the size of those described by Dr. Giinther agrees with them very closely in all important respects. There are some difler- ences, however, which should be noted, especially since the typical speci- mens are said to have come from Venezuela. In the latter the distance between the dorsal fins is said to equal two-thirds the length of the adi- pose fin: in my specimen this space equals two-fifths the length of the adi- pose. The diameter of the eye in the former is described as one-half the width of the interorbital space ; in the Peruvian specimen, the diameter of the eye is a little more than one-third the same dimension. There is a dark cloud at the base of the rayed dorsal fin, whose superior border is abruptly contrasted with the paler color above it. The anterior part of caudal region is a little more elevated than the dorsal region. From Rioja, near Moyabamba, coll. of 1873. 10. PIMELODUS BATHYUROS, sp. nov. Head covered with thin skin, and not granular, but somewhat ridged above. Supraoccipital process long and narrow, not reaching the basal bone of the dorsal spine ; adipose fin contained 4.3 times in the length minus the caudal fin. The caudal portion of the fish is considerably deeper than the abdomi- nal, entering the length (less the caudal fin) six and three-tenth times. The head (to the opercular border) enters the same three and one-half times ; it is flat and rather elongate, and the mandible projects beyond the 1878,] 675 [Cope. premaxillary border. The eye’s diameter is just half the interorbital width. The maxillary barbels exceed the length of the fish; and the pos- terior mandibulars reach to a point below the middle of the dorsal fin. Radial formula ; D. I. 6; A. 9. Dorsal spine very slender, smooth, and not so long as the pectoral spine. The latter is as long as from the pre- maxillary border to the middle of the orbit ; it is finely serrate on both edges. Operculum roughened with radiating lines ; supraocciptal process six times as long as wide. Total length M. .070, interorbital width .007; length of base of rayed dorsal .008. Color uniform plumbeous. Collection of 1877 ; two specimens. 11. PIMELODUS OPHTHALMICUS, sp. nov. Head covered with a thin skin above which is involved in osseous wrin- kles on the post frontal region. Supraoccipital process four times as long as wide, reaching the basal bone of the dorsal spine. Length of adipose fin contained 2.8 times in the length minus the caudal fin. Form quite slender ; the greatest depth (which is at the middle of the dorsal fin) entering the length (minus the caudal) 6.5 times. The length of the head enters the same 4.75 times. The maxillary barbels reach to the middle of the anal fin, and the posterior mentals to the middle of the pectoral fin. The eye is large, entering the length of the head three and three-eighth times, and exceeding tle interorbital width by 2mm. The upper lip pro- jects a little beyond the lower. The two dorsal fins are separated by a space about equal to three-fourths the base of the anterior fin. The latter is higher than the depth of the body, and nearly equal to the length of the head ; the spine is slender, and finely dentate on both edges. The pectoral spine is finely serrate on both edges and is nearly five-sevenths the length of the head. Radial formula ; D.I. 6; A. 18; V.6; P. I. 8. Humeral pro- cess extending to middle of pectorai spines, striate grooved. Axillary pore present. Color brown lead-color ; top of head blackish ; dorsal fin brown at base, then clear, then blackish. Total length M. .145. : Coll. of 1873. This species belongs to the group with Pimelodus cristatus, P. elongatus, P. agassiztt, P. wesselii, etc. It appears to approach most nearly the first named, but that fish has, according to the descriptions, fifteen anal rays, and the mental barbels extend beyond the extremity of the pectoral fins. Giinther also states that its dorsal fin is nearly twice as high as long, which is not the case in my specimen, and the dorsal spine is not so long in the latter, being only three-fourths as long as the head instead of equal to it. The Pimelodus cyanostigma (Rhamdia cyanostigma Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1870, p. 569) is an allied species ; but it has a shorter adipose fin, which enters the length three and one-fourth times, and which is separated from the rayed dorsal by a space equal to the length of the , latter. Its maxillary barbels are also longer, extending to the end of the adipose fin. 12. PiImELoDUS BUFONIUS Cuv. Val. Coll. 1873-1877. Cope.] 676 {May 17, 18. CALLOPHYSUS LATERALIS Gill. Coll. 1877. 14. AGENIOSUS BREVIFILIS Cuv. Val. Coll. 18738. 15. EUANEMUS NUCHALIS Spix. Coll. 1873-1877. 16. EUANEMUS BRACHYURUS, sp. nov. A single specimen of this species compared with three of the #. nuchalis, exhibits the following differential characters: With the head and abdomen of about the same length, the caudal region is only two-thirds as long ; hence the anal fin is shorter, and is supported by fewer rays. The dorsal spine is materially longer and stronger. The head is much wider than in a #. nuchalis of the same total length. The teeth are much more numer- ous, forming wide bands on the dentaries, and a well-detined premaxillary band. The humeral process is naked; in EH. nuchal’s it is covered by a soft skin. The depth at the first anal ray is one-sixth the length less the caudal fin. The length of the head enters the same 4.8 times. The length of the eye enters the head three times, and the interorbital width, one and two-third times. The dorsal spine is weakly serrate behind, smooth in front. The pectoral spine is strongly serrate behind, and is smooth in front ; it is about as long as the head, and one quarter longer than the dorsal spine. Radii D.1.7; C.+17+,; A. 87; V. 14, the first ray enlarged; P. I. 12. The inner rays of the ventral fins adhere to the integument of the abdomen, but not to those of the opposite fin. The ventrals are wider than the pectorals and nearly reach the anal fin ; the pectoral spines do not reach the base of the ventrals. The humeral process is smooth, and reaches the end of the basal fourth of the spine. The maxillary barbels reach nearly to the ex- tremity of the pectoral spine, while the anterior mentals reach to the base of the same. Total length. M. .145 ; of head .025 ; do. to base of anal fin .070 ; of base of anal fin .040. J.ead-colored, sides of abdomen silvery ; base of caudal fin blackish, the color extending into the superior and longer lobe. 17. AUCHENIPTERUS BREVIBARBIS, Sp. NOV. Form robust ; length of head entering total, without caudal fin, a little over four times ; the depth of the body at the ventral fins entering the same five times. Head above coarsely granular, frontal fontanelle reduced to a small round hole. Mandible projecting a little. Anterior mental barbel as long as three diameters of the eye ; the posterior not reaching the line of the posterior border of the operculum. Maxillary barbel reaching to the middle of the pectoral spine. Diameter of eye less than one sixth the in- terorbital width. Humeral process half as long as pectoral spine. Lateral postemporal process decurved so as to be nearly iv vontact with the middle of the humeral process. Radial formula: D. 1.5; P. 1.6; V.7; A. 22-3. Dorsal spine very ro- 1878.] 677 [Cope. bust, denticulated in front ; pectoral spines twice as long, equaling (axial) length of head, robust, and serrate on both edges. Their extremities ex- tend behind the line of the last dorsal ray, but do not reach the origin of the ventral fin. Caudal fin truncate with a slight obliquity inwards and downwards. Total length M. .230; of dorsal spine .023; of pectoral] fin -045. Color above blackish, below brown ; lower part of sides, chiefly be- hind pectoral fin with dark spots on the brown ground. This robust species is related to such as the A. obscurus Gthr., but dif- fers from them in the short beards, fewer fin rays and other characters. Coll. 1877. 18. AUCHENIPTERUS ISACANTHUS, sp. nov. Head rather wide, not steeply shelving at the sides posteriorly, and finely rugose above, without a dermal layer, so that the segmentation of the bones is distinctly visible. Its length enters the total (less caudal fin) four times; which is an expression of the robust form of the fish. The body is highest at the front of the anal fin. Radii D. I. 5; A. 22; V. 7. Dorsal and pectoral spines of equal length and a little shorter than the length of the head, both serrate on both edges, the dorsal much the more finely. Eye obscure; operculum covered with smooth skin. Anterior mental barbels about equal to diameter of orbit; maxillary barbels reaching end of pectoral spine. Mandible projecting a little be- yond premaxillary. Humeral process reaching beyond the middle of the pectoral spine, its surface coarsely striate, the strize nodular. No thoracic dermo-ossification. Anal fin with nearly straight free border. Total length -085 ; of head above .025; of dorsal spine .016; interorbital width .C11. Uniform lead color ; dorsal fin with a black spot above. This species is much smaller than the last, and very different in many respects, although it agrees with it in the rugosity of the head. It has, however, a large fontanelle open in front, while that of the A. brevibarbdis is very small, and completely enclosed. Two specimens ; Coll. 1877. 19. CENTROMOCHLUS HECKELII Filippi. Coll. 1877. 20. EPAPTERUS DISPILURUS, gen. ct sp. nov. Chur. Gen. Group Dorading of Gunther, with anterior dorsal fin in front of the ventrals, and gill membranes confluent with that of the throat. No adipose tin ; soft portion of dorsal rudimental. Six barbels; teeth want- ing from jaws and palate. Dorsal and pectoral spines present ; ventral fins united to each other and to the middle line of the belly. Anal fin long, distinct from the caudal. This new genus is related to Huanemus, but is distinguished by three characters, viz: (1) absence of adipose fin; (2) absence of teeth, and (8) rudimental soft part of first dorsal fin. The rudimental character of the teeth in Huanemus nuchalis offers an approximation to the edentulous con- dition of Zpapterus. Cope. | 678 {May Ll’, Char. Specif. The proportions are elongate and the head is short, enter- ing the length less the caudal fin six times. The anal fin is long, extend-. ing far forward, and the greatest depth of the fish is at its anterior part. This is a little more than one-fifth the length (less the caudal fin). The head is narrow, and rises rather steeply to the base of the dorsal spine without interruption. The supraoccipital process is rather wide, and con- tinuous with the basal bone of the dorsal spine. The latter is bifurcate and sends a process outwards and backwards behind the base of the spine. The frontal fontanelle is long, and the head is covered with smooth skin. The eye is large and without free dermal border ; its diameter enters the length of the head to the opercular border three and one-third times, and the inter- orbital width one and two-third times. The superciliary and prefrontal borders are prominent and form togetheran acute angle. The supraoccip- ital region is not keeled, but its sides furm a steep roof. Radii D. I.; A. 61; C. + 17+; V. 15; P. 1.18. The dorsal spine is slender and nearly as long as the pectoral. It is directed somewhat for- wards, and is entirely smooth. The caudal fin is notched to half its depth, and is rather small. The ventrals are large, and are united by the entire length of their inner rays. The external or first ray of each, is larger than the others, and the apex of the fin reaches the first anal ray. The closed pectoral spine barely reaches the base of the ventral ; it is set with recurved teeth behind, but is smooth in front. The soft part of the fin is contracted and is much smaller than that of the ventral fin. The humeral process is short and smooth and is covered by a smooth skin ; the postcoracoid pro- cesses are rather long and are very acute at the apex. The maxillary barbels continue from the extremity of the long maxillary bone to the middle of the pectoral spine; the anterior ventrals, which are very little in advance of the posterior ventrals, reach the base of the same. The eyes have nearly as much inferior as superior range, and the mouth does not extend beyond their anterior angle. Lips equal. Color in spirits light brown, the dorsal region blackish. A black spot in the middle of each lobe of the tail. Total length M. .125; length of head .019 ; to the base of anal fin .046; of anal fin .062. Width between bases of pectoral spines .016. Two specimens from. the collection of 1878. 21. CETOPSIS CANDIRA Agass. Coll. of 1877. 22. Rarnoporas PRIONOMUS Cope, Proceed. Academy Philada. Septem- ber 1874, p. 134. Rhinodoras teffeanus Steindachner, Sitzungsberichte Akademie Wiss. Wicn, 1875; read January, published ? Pl. III. From Nauta, Coll. 1873. 23. Rarnoporas NIGER Valenc. Coll. 1873. Nauta. 24. ZaTHORAX NAUTICUS Cope, Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1874, p. 133. From Nauta. In some specimens of this species the adipose dorsal fin is wanting, 1878.] 679 loons, though generally present. The naked inferior surface of the scapular arch distinguishes this genus from Doras, and I now think that the peculiar form of the prefrontal bone has a similar value. The superior and anterior borders of the latter are free and pectinate as in Physopyvis. The Doras pectintfrons m. presents the same character, but the scapu- lar arch is covered below by thick skin as in Doras. I therefore regard it as representing a genus between the latter and Zathoraa, which may be called Agamyzis. Doras grypus m. belongs to Doras. 23. HYPOPTOPOMA BILOBATUM Cope, Proceed Amer. Philos. Soc. 1870, p. 566, Coll. of 1878. 26. HYPOPTOPOMA GULARE, sp. nov. This species is more robust than the H. bdilobutwm, and differs in various respects. There are but 21 shields crossed by the middle line of the side instead of 25; the space between the sub-orbital bones and the clavicle is filled with an osseous shield wanting in H. bilobatum, and there is no me- dian series of abdominal scuta. As compared with the HA. thoracatwm Ginth, this fish exhibits similar proportions, having the head wider in proportion to the length than in H. délobatum. But the scuta of the throat and thorax in H. thoracatum are as in H. bilobatum, as well as the number of scuta crossing the lateral line. The caudal fin has the lobes sub-equal as in . bilobatum. Radii D. I. 7; A. I. 5; V. I. 5; P. I. 6. Pectoral spine reach- ing end of ventral spine ; dorsal spine not branched at extremity, rather stout, nearly as long as the pectoral, its base 4 mm. nearer end of muzzle than base of caudal fin. Head very flat, quite wide, its width behind orbits about one-fourth the length to the base of the caudal fin ; its length to the superior angle of the gill opening, 3.8 times into the same. The spine sup- porting the adipose fin, stands on the anterior border of the fourth dorso- lateral scute counting from the base of the first superior caudal fulcrum. Some scuta between this point and the last dorsal ray. Each border of the muzzle supports a wide band of segments, within which a narrower band of segments bounds the median wedge-shaped area on each side. Inferior border of end of muzzle prickly ; eye with some inferior range. Scuta of head above, and those below as far as vent, finely granular; the others smooth. Color olive brown, each scute of the body, and the three nuchal ones with a pale border within the edge. Caudal with the rays brown, except a wide margin, and a vertical line beyond base, which are pale. The dorsal fin is deep brown at the base, and has some dark spots on its middle. Length M. .105; to base of pectoral fin .028 ; to base of anal .052; eleva- tion of dorsal spine .021. Coll. of 1877. 27. CHANOTHORAX BICARINATUS. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen. Callichthyiform fishes with osseous dorsal and pectoral spines, a produced occipital shield, and 9-11 soft rays in the dorsal fin. Cope.] 680 : [May 17, The coracoid shields are lateral, and do not cover the abdomino-thoracic region. : This genus is similar to Gastrodermus m. excepting in the increased number of dorsal radii, in which it is identical with Brochis. It might be called Brochis without coracoid breast shield. A synopsis of the species of this group is given below. Char. Specif. Radii: D. I. 11; A. IL. 6: V.6; P.I. 7% The dorsal and pectoral spines are of sub-equal length and serrate behind only ; their length equals the distance from the pupil of the eye to the end of the muz- zle. The profile is rather steep ; the head is compressed, and the muzzle is produced. The diameter of the eye is a little more than one-fourth the length of the head, is one-half the length of the muzzle, and half the inter- orbital space measured over the convexity. There are two azygous bones between the supra-occipital crest and the first dorsal spine. There are twenty three vertical scuta between the supra-temporal, and the base of the caudal fin ; no dorsal or ventral azygous scuta. The postcoracoid plates are nearly smooth and sub-vertical, projecting downwards so as to form an ob- tuse keel on each side of the belly. Inferior bridge of scapular arch cov- ered with soft skin. Maxillary beard nearly attaining gill fissure ; inferior lip broadly reverted, produced into a short barbel on each side. Facial ossification extending one-third the distance to the maxillary ; half way to the end of the muzzle, and not enclosing nares. Color olivaceous ; top of head darker ; fins immaculate. Length M. .059; of head .014; do. to base of ventral fin (axial) .022; to base of anal .035. Length of dorsal spine .011. Coll. 1877. A second species of this genus is the (. semiscwtatus (Corydoras Cope, 1872). The species and genera of this group are the following : Brocuts Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1871. Coracoid shields cover- ing the breast ; dorsal soft rays 9-11. The Cullichthys tatosh Cast. prob- ably belongs to this genus. B. ceruleus Cope, loc. cit. 1872, p. 277. B. dipterus Cope, loc. cit. 1872, p. 278. CH&#NOTHORAX Cope, supra. Coracoid shield not enclosing the breast and belly ; dorsal soft rays 9-11. C. bicarinatus Cope, supra. C. semiscutatus Cope, Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1872, p. 280. This species differs from the @. b/carinatus in the horizontally extended coracoid shields, the greater development of the facial ossification, the shorter muzzle, larger eye, and greater relative thickness of the head. Coryporas Lacep. Bleeker; Hoplisoma Sws. Coracoid shields enclos- ing ventral region ; dorsal soft rays 6-7. C. punctatus Lac. Giinther, Catal. v. 229. C. aneus Gill. Ginther, 1. ¢. C. eques Steind. Sitzungsberichte Wien Akademie, 1876 (July), p. 92, Pl. XII, fig. 3. 1873.] 681 (Cope. GASTRODERMUs Cope. Coracoids not enclosing the ventral region, which is covered with soft.skin ; dorsal soft rays 6-7. - ambiacus Cope, Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1872, 280. G. trilineatus Cope, 1. ¢. 281, Pl. VI, fig. 2. . acutus Cope, 1. c. 281. - amphibelus Cope, 1. c. 282. - armatus Ginth. Proceed. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1868, 230, cut. » agassizit Steind. loc cit. sup. 90, Pl. XII, f. 2. . elegans Steind. 1. c. 93. G. nattereri Steind. 1. c. 95, Pl. XI, f. 1. 28. GASTRODERMUS ARMATUs Gthr. Coll. 1878. 29. GASTRODERMUS AMBIACUS Cope. Coll. 1878. Nauta. 30. CALLICHTHYS ASPER Quoy. Gainn. Coll. 1873. Nauta. 31. HopLosTeRNUM LONGIFILIS Cuv. Val. Coll. 1878. Nauta. \ 32. LorIcaRiA CATAPHRACTA L. Coll. 1878. The Marafion. Q AARA2 33. LORICARIA ROSTRATA Spix. Coll. 1873. 34. LiposaRcus JEANESIANUS Cope, Proceed. Acad. Phila., 1874, p. 135. Coll. 1873. Nauta. 35. Liposarcus scropaus Cope, l. c. p. 186. Coll. 1873. Nauta. 36. PLECOSTOMUS VIRESCENS Cope, l. c. 187. Coll. 1873. 87. ARGES SABALO Cuv. Val. Rio Urubamba ; altitude 10,000 feet. 38. TRICHOMYCTERUS DIsPAR Tsch. Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1877, p, 30. Sources of the Ucayale at Urubamba, 10,000 feet, and Tinta, 11,400 feet. 39. TRICHOMYCTERUS GRACILIS (?) Cuv. Val., Cope, loc. cit. p. 30. Tinta, 11,400 feet. ASPREDINIDA. 40. BuNOCEPHALUS MELAS Cope, loc. cit. 1872, p. 132. Coll. 1873. Nauta. 41. DysicHTHYs CORACOIDEUS Cope, I. c. p. 133. Coll. 1878. Nauta. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. Soc. xviI. 101. 4G. PRINTED JUNE 1878. Cope.] 682 {May 17, PLECTOSPONDYLI. STERNOPYGIDA. 42. CARAPUS FASCIATUS Pallas. Coll. 18738-1877. 43. STERNARCHUS BONAPARTIL Castelnau. Coll. 1877. 44. STERNARCHUS ALBIFRONS Linn. Coll. 1877. 45. STERNARCHUS SCHOTTI Steindachner. Coll. 1877. 46. STERNARCHUS BALASNOPS, sp. nov. Profile oblique, with a depression between the orbits; snout short, and _ much narrowed. Lower jaw large, projecting beyond tle upper both an- teriorly and laterally, enclosing the latter somewhat as in a whalebone whale. The fissure of the mouth is short, only reaching the vertical line from the anterior nostril. Eyes small, without free border, much nearer the snout than the gill opening, one-twelfth the length of the head, which latter enters the length without caudal fin, 8.5 times. The depth at the base of the dorsal thong is equal to the length of the head. Anal radii 171. Scales very large, in only nine longitudinal rows at the base of the dorsal thong. Color olivaceous, with a pale dorsal band which reaches the dorsal thong, and a pale narrow band on each side near the dorsal band. Length M. .165; length to origin of anal .020 ; length to base of dorsal thong .096. This species resembles remotely the S. schottii of Steindachner, but differs from it and from all the other species in the much enlarged mandible and the large scales. Coll. 1877. 47. RHAMPHOSTERNARCHUS MACROSTOMA Gthr., Catal. Brit. Mus. VIII, p. 4. Coll. 1877. 48. RHAMPHICHTHYS PANTHERINUS Castelnau. Coll. 1877. 49. STERNOPYGUS VIRESCENS Valenc. Coll. 1878-1877. 50. STERNOPYGUS TROSCHELII Kaup. Coll. 1877. . 51. SrERNOPYGUS MACRURUS BI. Schn. Coll. 1877. CHARACINID 4. 52. ANODUS MELANOPOGON, sp. nov. ; Ohar. Gen. Jaws edentulous; abdomen not serrate. Branchial fissures very extensive. Branchial arches furnished with long rakers, which are present on the fifth arch as well as the others. As7s.] 633 (Cope. This genus is Curimatus with a clupeiform branchial apparatus. In both the species the rakers on the anterior four arches are bristle-like, while those on the fifth resemble somewhat the pharyngeal teeth of Catos- tomide, although flexible. This genus has never been distinguished from Owrimatus until the present time. It is not unlikely that the second species included by Spix in Anodus (An. lutior) is a Curimatus, but the A. élongatus must be regarded as the type of the genus. Guvier established Curimatus on the C. cypri- notdes (Salmo edentulus Bl. de Gthr.) but included in it erroneously the Anodus elongatus, in which he is followed by Giinther. Since the above was written I learn that Professor Gill has described this genus under the name of Hlopomorphus, in a recent number of a popular journal. Char. Specif. General form slender, head elongate, and with acuminate muzzle, with the mandible projecting, beyond the premaxillary border. Length of head entering total without caudal fin, three and two-thirds times ; depth of body at dorsal fin, less than one-sixth of the same. Eye large, one sixth of length of head entering one and one-fourth times into length of muzzle and interorbital space, which are thus equal. Opercular bone as long as deep; interoperculum large; extremity of maxillary ex- tending a little beyond vertical line from anterior rim of orbit. Radii; D.110; A.1,10;V.11; P.19. Base of first dorsal ray 3 mm. nearer end of muzzle than base of dorsal fin, pectoral fin reaching half way to ventrals, and ventrals half way to anal. The scales are small, in about 128 transverse rows, and at the origin of the anal fin in 23 longitudinal rows. The origin of the ventrals is below the middle of the dorsal fin. Total length M. .075. Color blackish above and one-third way down the side ; sides and abdo- men, with sides of head silvery. Dorsal and caudal fins dusky and with- out spots. End of mandible black. Coll. of 1873 ; numerous specimens. 58. ANODUS STEATOPS, sp. nov. While the preceding species has rather clupeiform character, the present one looks like a Hemiodus, and particularly the JZ. mierolepis, with which it was found associated in the collection. It differs much from the HZ. me- lunopogon in the even lips, and the extensive adipose membrane which closes the eye to an even greater degree than is found in the H. microlepis, reducing it to a vertical fissure. Radial formula D. I. 10; C.3 419+ 3; A. I. 11; V. 12; P. 19, reaching half way to ventrals; ventrals reaching half way to vent. The ventrals originate below the middle of the dorsal fin, which originates exactly half way between the end of the muzzle, and 18-14 the base of the superior caudal fulcra. Scales small, 3 . The general 10 form is slender, the depth entering the length less the caudal fin 5.3 times ; and the length of the head entering the same 3.6 times. The diame - Cope.] 684 [May 17, ter of the eye as seen through its adipose covering is a little less than one-fifth the length of the head; and is one-half the interorbital width measured over the strong convexity of the frontal bone. The maxillary bone makes an angle with the premaxillary, and extends as far as the line of the anterior border of the orbit ; the greater part of its length passes be- neath the edge of the preorbital bone. The opercular apparatus is elon- gate, but the operculum is deeper than long. Total length M. .205 ; length of head .047; length to origin of dorsal fin (axial) .082; do. of ventral .090; do. of anal fin .134. Color in spirits steel blue, paler below ; base of the caudal fin extensively black ; other fins unspotted. Sides of head golden; chin and top of head black ; a golden speculum above the orbit. Coll. of 1877. , 54. CURIMATUS ALTAMAZONICUS, Sp. nov. This is a robust species with small scales. The form is elongate-oval, and the head wide. The pectoral region is not flattened nor covered with roughened scales, while the ventral line from the ventral fins to the vent is keeled, but not serrate. The dorsal fin is elevated, its anterior rays being four-fifths as long as the head. Radii; D. I. 10; A. 1.12; V.9; P. 13. The pectorals do not reach the ventrals, nor the latter the vent. The ventrals originate below the fifth dorsal spine. First dorsal ray much nearer the end of the muzzle than the base of the caudal fin. Scales 25-94-22. Depth at first dorsal ray entering length minus caudal fin 2.7 times. Length of head in the same three and two-fifth times. The eye enters the length of the head four and four-fifth times, and twice in the mederately convex interorbital width. Lips equal, the inferior closing within the superior. Maxillary bone short, not extend- ing behind the line of the nares. Color silvery without spots on the body or fins. Total length M. .200; length of head .049 ; do. to origin of'dorsal fin (axial) .070 ; do. to origin of ventrals .080 ; to origin of anal fin . 124. This species appears to be nearest the @. latdor Spix. judging from de- scriptions. In that fish the anal rays are said to be 14-15, and the dorsals 12. Coll. 1873. 55. CURIMATUS SPILURUS, Giinth. Steind. Coll. 1873. 56. CURIMATUS TRACHYSTETHUS, sp. nov. This is a moderately elongate species with the preventral region flat- tened, and covered with large, thick striate and dentate scales ; and with the postventral region also flattened, and without distinct median keel. Radial formula D. I. 10; C. 241942; A. I. 8; V.9; P.16. The pec- torals nearly reach the ventrals, which originate below the middle of the dorsal fin, and reach to the vent. The anal fin has a short basis which is equal to its distance from the vent ; folded backwards it reaches the base of the caudal fin. The elevation of the dorsal fin exceeds the length of the head. The depth at the front of the dorsal fin is one-third the length of the caudal; the length of the head is one-fourth the same. 1878.] 6385 [Cope. The eye is large, eritering the length of the head 3.25 times and the flat interorbital space 1.5 times. The muzzle is flat and projects a little beyond the lower lip. The mouth does not extend to the line of the orbit. The inferior suborbital hone is much longer than the others. Total length M. -128 ; length of head .026; to base of dorsal .040; of ventral .047; of anal 080. Scales 848-6. Color silver, with bluish reflections above ; a bright line along the middle of each row of scales. Fins immaculate except a round spot on the dorsal fin below its middle. This species is allied to the C. asper of Ginther, but that fish has smaller scales, more anal rays and other characters. (See Proceed. Zool. Soc. Lon., 1868.) Coll, of 1877. 57. POTAMORHINA PRISTIGASTER: Curimatus pristigaster Steindachner, Sitzungsberichte Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1876, July (separata p. 25), Pl. VI. This species, well described and figured by my friend Dr. Steindachner, is too distinct from the species of Curimatus to remain in that genus, in my opinion. It presents between the ventral and anal’ fins not only a keel, as in many species of the genus named, but the keel is surmounted by a series of acute recurved spiniform scales, quite unlike the normally formed ones which bound it in the keeled species of Curimatus. I therefore pro- pose for it the generic name above written. The spinous processes are stronger in-my specimens than in the figure given by Dr. Steindachner. Coll. 1878. 58. PROCHILODUS ORTONIANUS, Sp. nov. Radial formula D. I. 10; C. 8-19-2 ; A. III. 8; V.9; P. 14. Scales 9-44-7. Depth of body at dorsal fin entering the length less the caudal fin 3, times; Length of head entering the same 3.7 times. Diameter of eye entering head 4.5 times, or one and a half times in the muzzle and two and a half times in the interorbital width. From these figures it is evident that this isa moderately elongate species, with rather elongate and wide head. The frontal region is convex, and the upper lip does not project beyond the lower as in P. harttid Steind. The pectoral fins reach the ventrals, but the latter fall far short of the anus. The belly between the latter and the pase of the ventral is keeled, but not serrate. The dorsal fin is situated a little in advance of the ventrals, and is quite elevated, equaling the length of the head. Caudal fin rather short and robust. Total length M. .200 ; length of head .046 ; do. to base of dorsal (axial) .072 ; do. to ventral (axial) .0883; to base of anal .134; depth of caudal peduncle .020. Color silvery, above shaded with blackish ; the scales at the base of the anal fin inserted in a blackish skin. Dorsal fin with six or seven cross- rows of blackish dots, which only mark the rays. Caudal fin with four cross-bands of rather obscure character, which follow the posterior contour of the fin, except the posterior, which cross the apices. A large specimen, measuring M. .350, is uniform silvery everywhere. From Nauta, Peru, coll. 1873. Cope.) 686 [May 17, This species is dedicated to the memory of my late friend, Prof. James Orton, as a slight expression of my respect for him as a man, and of my admiration for his fearlessness and energy as an explorer. 59. PROCHILODUS CEPHALOTES, sp. DOV. There are several points of affinity to the P. argenteus to be observed in the small specimen referred to this species. Radii D. I. 10; A. Ii. 10; scales 10—? 41-? depth entering length without caudal fin 2.7 times ; length of head three times. The head is wide, the interorbital width being half the length, and nearly twice the diameter of the eye. The latter is rather less than the length of the muzzle. The pectoral fins are small, not reach- ing the ventrals, which in turn do not reach the vent. Dorsal fin with three or four transverse rows of brown spots. General color plumbous ; above blackish. ‘Total length .071; length of head .021; to dorsal fin (axial) .024; to ventral fin .029 ; to anal fin .045. The much larger head and the spotted fins distinguish this fish from the P. argenteus, which it resembles in scale and fin formula, and depth of body. Coll. of 1873. 60. EMIODUS MICROLEPIS Kner. Coll. 18738-1877. 61. Re@xsorpEes mMyeErsir Gill, Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1870, p. 92. Radii; D. I. 10; A. I. 48: scales 24—80+5—23. Head entering total length less caudal fin, 2.38 times, and head entering the same, 3.6 times. Coll. of 1877. 62. ANACYRTUS SANGUINEUS Cope, Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1872, 266, Pl. 9, fig. 1. Coll. 1878. 63. ANACRYTUS LIMZESQUAMIS, Sp. NOV. A species of robust proportions, distinguished by its small rough scales. The body is rather deep, and the head wide with very convex interorbital region. The depth enters the length less the caudal fin 2.8 times, and the head enters the same 3.7 times. The eye enters the head five times, and the interorbital region over its convexity 2.5 times. Scales 27-112-28 ; the exposed surfaces covered with minute prickles. Radii D. I. 10; A. I. 41; V. 7; P. 16, reaching beyond the base of the ventrals, which nearly reach the vent. The first anal ray commences below the seventh dorsal ray. The top of the head is concave in profile, and the jaws are equal. There are two rows of premaxillary teeth, of which the inner consists of very few teeth. Oneseries of mandibular teeth including three canines, of which the middle one is the largest. Two canines in the premaxillary bone, the an- terior much the larger. Maxillary teeth numerous. Maxillary bone ex- tending considerably beyond the posterior border of the orbit. Opercular bones narrow. Color gray, with a broad golden lateral band above the lateral line. In 1878.] 687 (Cope. the anterior part of the latter is a large black spot which is situated nearer the opercular fissure than the line of the first dorsal ray. An indistinct black spot at the base of the caudal fin. Total length M. .220; of head .025 ; to base of ventral fin (axial) .075 ; do. of dorsal fin (axial) .088 ; do. to origin of anal .115. Coll. 1877. 64. XIPHORHAMPHUS ABBREVIATUS, sp. nov. Form stout and robust, the depth of the ventral fin entering the length minus the caudal fin three and a half times. Length of head entering the same about three times. The muzzle is relatively short, being only one and a half times the length of the long orbit. This enters the head 4.75 times, and the flat interorbital space 1.5 times, which there- fore equals the length of the muzzle. There are two distant large ca- nines on the anterior part of the maxillary bone and four smaller ones ; the maxillary teeth are minute. There are two distant canines on the premax- illary, and four large ones on the dentary, with a terminal tooth of small size. The maxillary is covered for its entire length by the preorbital, and extends to a half orbits diameter behind the posterior border of the orbit. Radial formula D. I. 10; A. IT. 21; V. 8; P. 16, reaching base of ven- trals, which reach vent. Dorsal fin elevated, equaling length of head with- out muzzle, originating behind line of ventrals, and terminating just in front of line of first anal ray. Scales 25-90 + 38-10, smooth, those of the lateral line not longer than the others. Breast below shoulder girdle, keeled. Color silvery bluish, with a wide paler shade along the side; a black humeral and basal caudal spot. Fins immaculate, pectorals and: ventrals dusky. Total length M. .212; of head .088; to origin of ventrals (axial) -090; do of dorsal .109 ; do. of anal .130. Coll. 1873-1877. 65. XIPHORHAMPHUS HETEROLEPIS, sp. Nov. ‘ An elongate species in which the depth enters the length with the caudal fin six times, and the head enters the same three and six-tenth times, or three and three-tenth times without the caudal fin. The muzzle is nar- rowed and convex above, and ig not so long as from the anterior border of the orbit to the preopercular border. The dorsai fin is in the posterior part of the second third of the length (without caudal fin). Formula; D. J. 10; A. II. 25; V. 8; P. 15, reaching more. than half way to ventrals, which extend half way to vent. Scales very small, those of the lateral line larger than the others, and crossed by a vertical ridge beyond their middle : formula 38—121-+48—23. The diameter of the bony orbit enters the head 5 times, and the inter- orbital space 1.25 times. The front and ethmoid region exhibit a few longitudinal ridges, and there is no rugosity on the epiotics. There are two foramina for the accommodation of two inferior canine teeth on each side. Total length M. .360. The first suborbital bone behind the preor- bital, is narrow. Color silvery, on the side golden; a basal caudal, no humeral spot. Several specimens: colls. of 1873-77. Cope.] 688 [May 17, This species appears to be allied to the X. falcatus, from Guiana, as de- fined by Giinther, but this author does not allude to some of its prominent characters. According to his description, that is a stouter species having the depth one-fifth the length, and the head smaller, or one-fourth the same. It has also a humeral spot. AJI my specimens have 25 anal rays, not 28-80 as given by Dr. Giutber. 66. XIPHORHAMPHUS FALCIROSTRIS Cuv., Giinther. This species, of which I have two specimens, differs from the last as fol- lows: Anal radii (soft) only 21; dorsal fin in the posterior third of the length minus caudal fin ; scales equal, 36—151+8—15. Head and muzzle wider, the latter without ridges above, and with only one foramen for the inferior canines. First suborbital bone wider. It differs from Giinther’s description in having the muzzle considerably shorter than the distance from the anterior border of the orbit to the preopercular border. I add that the supraoccipital crest is short, and the epiotic region rugose. Depth one- sixth length without caudal fin; length of head in same 3.7 in the same. There is a caudal but no humeral spot. Total length M. .285. Coll. 1873-77. 67. HyDROLYcUS PECTORALIS Ginther, Ann. Magaz. Nat. Hist., 1866. Coll. 1873-77. Nauta. 68. RAPHIODON VULPINUS Spix., Agass. Coll. 1873-77. 69. RAPHIODON GIBBUS Spix., A. 75. Coll. 1873. 70. KiIPHOSTOMA 't2DO Cope, Proceed. Acad. Philada., 1872, p. 267, Pl. XIII, fig. 2. Specimens of this species in better preservation than the types, show that the belly is black, and that there is a large black spot on the inferior side of the caudal peduncle at the base of the caudai fin. They also show that all but the anterior portion of the lateral line is wanting. These characters indicate that this is a distinct species from the X. maculwtwm with which it is united by Steindachner. At least they are not found in author’s figures and descriptions of the latter. 71. CHARACIDIUM STEINDACHNERI, sp. nov. This, the third species of the genus, is of more slender form than either of the two known hitherto, and has a smaller number of longitudinal rows of scales. The number of transverse rows is as in C. fasctatum the type, and larger than in C. etheostoma. The fin rays are less numerous than in C. fasciatum. 4 Radii; D. 9; A. 7; V.9; the first ray a little behind the origin of the dorsal fin, and the produced apex of the fin nearly reaching the anal. The pectoral fin is also prolonged, attaining the base of the ventral. Thelength of the head is greater than the depth of the body entering the length less the caudal fin, 4.33 times. The greatest depth enters the same 6.5 times. Scales 4-87—2 or 1}; 54 rows on the stout caudal peduncle. Lateral line complete. 1878.] 689 [Cope. The muzzle is acuminate and the mouth very small. The orbit is large, its diameter exceeding the muzzle, and entering the head four times, and exceeds the interorbital width by nearly its half. The color is plain, with the row of scales bearing the lateral line silvery and without dark borders. There are nine narrow rather weak vertical blackish bars, between the caudal fin and the occiput. Inferior fins un- spotted ; caudal with a dark shade at the base, and one at the extremity. Total length M. .029; of head, .006; to line of dorsal fin -010 ; to do. of anal, .018; to basis of caudal .026. This species is dedicated to my friend Doctor Franz Steindachner, of Vienna, the distinguished zoologist, who has added much to our knowl- edge of the fishes of the Amazon. I have derived much instruction in this department from his very full diagnostic analyses. Coll. of 1873. 72. APHYOCHARAX PUSILLUS Giinth. Coll. 1878. 73. SCHIZODON FascIATus Spix. Coll. of 1877. 74, ScHIZODON SAGITTARIUS, Sp. nov. This species is more elongate and slender than any of the known repre- sentatives of the genus ; the vertical diameters of both head and body being reduced. The extension of length is in the post dorsal region. Length of head into the total, less the caudal fin, a little more than five times ; depth of body into the same nearly six times, hence less than length of head. Radii, D. I. 11; C. 2 +1942; A.I.9; V.9; P. 16. Dorsal fin origin. ating anterior to the point marking two-fifths the distance from the end of the muzzle, to the base of the caudal fin ; its elevation equal to the length of the head. Pectoral fin not reaching the ventral, which does not reach half way to the vent, and originates below the fourth dorsal ray. Orbit enter- ing the length of the head 4.2 times, and the interorbital width twice ; the inferior range of vision is a little greater than the superior. Mouth terminal, the mandible a little longer than the premaxillary, and armed with six teeth. These are smooth externally, and have two principal cusps. The superior are denticulate, the denticles arranged into three cuspidate groups. In both jaws the median teeth are larger than the lateral. Total length, M. .165; length of head .027; length to origin of the dorsal fin .051; do. to origin of ventrals .057; do. line of origin of anal fin .110. Above dusky to second row of scales below the lateral line; below this point silvery. Fins unspotted except the caudal, which has a dark longitu- dinal shade along the middle of each lobe. This species is probably allied to the Rhytidodus argenteofuscus of Kner, but in that species according to Kuer, the superior teeth have but one point, those of both jaws are keeled externally, and the depth of the body exceeds a little the length of the head. The inferior tooth figured by Kner is entirely unlike those of this fish. Coll. 1877. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XVII. 101.4. PRINTED JUNE, 1878. Cope.] 690 [May 17, 75. ScHizopoN TRIMACULATUS Kner. Coll. 1877. 76. LEPORINUS viTTATUS Cuv. Val. Coll. 1877. 77. LEPORINUS FREDERICI Bloch. Coll. 1877. 78. LEPORINUS HYPSELONOTUS Giinth. Proceed. Zool. Soc. London, 1868, p. 244. Coll. 1877. 79. LEPORINUS HOLOSTICTUS, sp. NOV. This handsome species is distinguished by the continuation of the very distinct brown cross bands on to the head, the first one covering the end of the muzzle. The depth of the body is about equal to the length of the head, entering the length Jess the caudal fin four and a quarter times. The orbit is large, its diameter entering the length of the head four times, and the interorbital width one and five-sixth times. Scales 6-41-5. Radii D. I. 11; A. 1.9; V.10; P. 14, reaching half way to ventrals, which originate below the fourth dorsal ray. There are eight teeth in each jaw ; those of the man- dible are small, excepting the median pair, which are much prolonged, and acute. The color is silvery, darker shaded above, crossed by seven black cross bars on the body, one additional on the nape, and two on the head. Those on the head are on the muzzle, and between the orbits ; the five behind the ventral fins pass entirely round the body. There is in addition a dusky shade at the emargination of the dorsal fin. Fins otherwise unspotted. Length M. .107; of head .026; to line of dorsal fin .049; to base of anal .082; to base of caudal .104. Coll. 1877. 80. LEPORINUS MULTIFASCIATUS, Sp. NOV. Depth of body and length of head sub-equal, and entering the length less the caudal fin 3.66 times. The eye is large, its diameter being a little Jess than one-third the length of the head, and five-eighths of the interor- bital diameter. The length of the muzzle is five-sixths the length of the head posterior to the orbit. Scales 4-36-5. Radii; D. I. 11; A. IL. 10. Ventral fin below the fourth dorsal ray ; pectoral reaching half way to ventral, Color brown, with fourteen vertical darker brown bands, the first at the nape, the last near the base of the caudal fin, with its middle interrupted, the interruption being followed by a dark spot. Fins unspotted. Total length M. .065; of head .015; to line of dorsal fin .024; of anal .044; to basis of caudal .055. No other species presents the numerous cross bands of this one. 81. HEMIGRAMMUS ROBUSTULUS Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1870, p. 561. Coll. 1873. 1878. | 691 [Cope. 82. TETRAGONOPTERUS HAUXWELLIANUS Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1870, p. 560. Coll. 1873. 83. TETRAGONOPTERUS CHALCEUS Agass. Coll. 1877, from the Marafion. 84. TETRAGONOPTERUS ORTONII Gill. Proceed. Acad, Phila. 1870, p. 92. Coll, 1878. 85. TETRAGONOPTERUS AGAssizir Steindachner, Sitzungsber., K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1876 (July) 41, Pl. VIII, fig. 2. Two specimens from near Pebas resemble the species above named in all points excepting in the more elongate body, so that I suspect them to repre- sent a local race. There are 1.24 anal radii, and the longitudinal rows of scales are 5—1+3-4. The total length without caudal fin is M. .034; depth .013 ; length of head .0105. The caudal spot is very large, covering the basal half of the fin, while the humeral spot is obsolete. 86. TETRAGONOPTERUS LONGIOR, sp. nov. One of the more elongate forms of the genus. Radii D. I. 10; A. I. 24. Longitudinal series of scales twelve. The greatest depth enters the length less the caudal fin 4.7 times, and the length of the head the same 4.2 times. The diameter of the orbit enters the length of the head 3.5 times, and the interorbital width 1.33 times. The maxillary bone is toothless, and rather wide, and extends little beyond the line of the anterior border of the orbit. The origin of the dorsal fin is behind the line of that of the ventrals, and is nearer the origin of the caudal fin than the end of the muzzle by the length of the latter. There is a broad silvery lateral stripe, on which is a strong black hume- ral spot. There is no distinct basal caudal spot. Total length .095. Coll. of 1874, from Moyabamba. 87. TETRAGONOPTERWS, sp. indet. Coll. of 1873. 88. TETRAGONOPTERUS, sp. indet. Coll. of 18738. 89. TETRAGONOPTERUS DIAPHANUS, Sp. Nov. An elongate species distinguished by the small number of its anal rays. D. 1.9; A. 1.18; V.%, originating a little anterior to line of dorsal, and not reaching anal: P. 18, not reaching ventrals. Dorsal fin nearly equi-dis- tant between end of muzzle and base of caudal fin. Anterior rays of dorsal and anal fins markedly longer than the posterior. Depth entering length less caudal fin three and one-seventh times ; length of head into the same, four and two-fifth times. Scales 4-35-3.5 ; lateral line complete. Maxillary bone toothless, extending near to the line of the anterior border of the orbit. The latter enters the length of the head 2 and 3-4th times, equal- ing the interorbital space. Total length M. .052 ; of head .011; to line of ventral fin .020 ; to line of Cope.] 692 [May 17, anal .028. Color silvery, with a broad bright silver lateral band, and no bright spots. Coll. 1874. 90. TETRAGONOPTERUS IPANQUIANUS Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1877, p. 28. Urubamba River ; elevation 11,500 feet. Coll. of 1877. 91. STETHAPRION CHRYsEUM Cope, Proceed. Academy, Phila. 1872, p. 261. Coll. 1877. 92. CHALCINUS CULTER Cope, l. c. 265. Coll. 1873. 93. TRIPORTHEUS NEMATURUS Kner. Coll. 1872. 94. SERRASALIMO IMMACULATUS 8p. nov. This species belongs to the restricted genus Serrasalmo. There are six pre- maxillary teeth, of which the third is much smaller than the others. Each tooth has a denticle at its posterior base, which in the case of the external tooth is longer horizontally than the principal cusp, and is not apiculate. There are seven in the lower jaw, of sub-equal size, each with a posterior basal denticle, except the anterior, which has two basal denticles. The form is discoid, the depth entering the length less the caudal fin 1.8 times, and the length of the head entering the same three times. The dorsal and ventral outlines are equally convex, but the steeper slopes are opposite the anterior above, and the posterior below. Scales small 34-100- 33. Radii; D.17; A. I. 32; V. 7, not reaching vent; P. 15, reaching base of ventrals. Spines 33-4. Gill rakers of first arch short, and with short apices. Diameter of eye entering length of head (including chin) five times; and nearly twice in the interorbital space measured over its con- ' vexity. The origin of the dorsal fin is above the ventral, and equi-distant between the base of the superior marginal ray of the caudal fin and the pos- terior border of the orbit. The superior caudal rays are not so long as the inferior. Second sub-orbital bone as high as long. Muzzle a little longer than diameter of orbit. The color is silvery without distinct spots ; in cer- tain lights numerous small lead-colored spots may be detected on the dorsal region, extending half way down to the lateral line. Caudal and anal fin broadly black bordered ; no yellow band. Total length M. .190; of head -055; to line of dorsal fin .090 ; to line of anal .116 ; to basis of marginal caudal rays .161. This species is near the S. esopus Cope, but is readily distinguished by the much more numerous scales, and the longer muzzle. Coll. of 1877. 95. METYNNIS LUNA, gen. et. sp. nov. Char. Gen. This is Myletes with an external horizontal cultriform spine at the base of the dorsal fin as in Serrasalmo and Stethaprion. The premaxillary teeth are in two series, and have an oblique, more or less in- 1Srei] 693 {[Cope. conspicuous cutting edge, as in Myletes. Two conical teeth behind the man- dibular series, The belly is armed with spiniferous ? interhewmal bones. This form is related to Myletes precisely as Stethaprion is to Tetragonop- terus. But one species is known to me. Char. Specif. Form orbicular, the dorsal region very convex; the ab- dominal outline still more so. The depth is eleven-twelfths of the length less the caudal fin, and the length of the head enters the latter three and two- tenth times. The depth of the head from the superior border of the post- temporal bone equals the length. The eye is large, entering the length of the head three and one-sixth times, and the convex interorbital space one and one-half times. The chin projects a little beyond the premaxillary border, and the end of the toothless maxillary bone is immediately below the proximal extremity and below the nostrils. Radii; D. 1.17; A. 39; V.7; P. 14. The ventral fins are very small, and their base is contracted, so that the spines are arranged nearly in a circle, the inner and outer being of equal length. The pectorals are small, marking only the third of the distance to the line of the ventrals. The base of the anal makes an angle of only 25° with the vertical ; its anterior rays are little prolonged. The base of the dorsal is oblique downwards and back- wards, and the first ray marks a point at .4, the distance between the bases of the pectoral and ventral fins. The length of the base of the adipose dorsal is two thirds that of the rayed dorsal. Ventral spines 25, the anterior re- curved and simple, the posterior more or less bifurcate. The head of the predorsal spine is anvil-shaped. The suborbital bones are narrow ; the an- terior is the widest, and is triangular with the long apex superior. Scales between the lateral line and the ventral fins, 39-40, those of tie lateral line (in front) larger than the others. Total length, M. .075; of head, .020 ; to line of ventral fin, .083; of anal, .046; of caudal] fin, 060. First dorsal ray equidistant between base of caudal marginal ray and end of muzzle, measured in straight lines. Color golden, excepting the su- perior half of the region above the lateral line, which is dove-color in spirits. No spots of any kind. Coll. of 1877. 96. MYLETES HERNIARIOS Cope, Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1872, p. 268. Coll. of 1873. The specimen here recorded, differs slightly from the type in some de- tails. Dorsal radii in both, 17; anal in type, 32; in new specimen, 35 ; spines in type 46; in new specimen 51. There is a faint eye-like spot on the side in the new specimen, not seen in the type, and some indistinct ver- tical shades. Coll. of 1878. 97. MYLETES NIGRIPINNIS, sp. nov. Premaxillary teeth in two series, which are in close contact. The an- terior series is curved, and consists of ten teeth with a space as wide as a tooth in the centre; the posterior series is uninterrupted, and consists of Cope. ] 694 [May 17, four teeth. The mandibular series is uninterrupted, and consists of seven teeth on each side, the posterior four being much smaller than the others. The two posterior mandibulars are incontact with the median pair of the anterior series, and are separated by a narrow interspace from each other. The general form is broadly rhombic. The depth is one-half the length with the caudal fin, and the length of the head enters the same three and one-half times. Radii; D. I. 15; A. 23; V.8;P.16. The inferior paired fins are very short; the others are well developed. The adipose fin is furnished in its superior part with jointed rays, vhe inferior portion is scaly. The base of the anal fin is covered with minute scales. The origin of the first dorsal ray is a little behind that of the ventral fin, and the anal begins under the last third of the former. Ventral spines 46, all simple and recurved. Scales 26—65+6—21 ; the lateral line con- siderably decurved behind the head. The head is wide and depressed above the orbits. The latter enter the length of the head 4.5 times; the inter-orbital space 2.5 times, and the muzzle once, axially measured. The frontal region is moderately convex in cross section. The mandibu- lar teeth close within the premaxillaries, and the upper jaw projects be- yond the mandible. The lips are equal, however, in consequence of the thickness of the lower, which fills the space. Its superior surface is pap- pillose, and at the points where it comes ih contact with the maxillaries it is continued as a free beard on each side, reaching to below the centre of the nares when extended. The maxillary is folded under the preorbital, but its posterior border cannot reach the line of the anterior border of the orbit. Total length. M. .130; of head, .040 ; to line of dorsal fin, .055 ; to line of anal, .079 ; to base of caudal fin, .108. Color silvery, plumbeous above ; the sides marked with rather large round plumbeous spots. A silver band on each side of the ventral spines. Ana] fin, caudal, except superior and in- ferior border, and terminal halves of paired fins, black. Dorsal dusky. In alarger specimen, probably from Nauta (230 mm.), the scales are finely ctenoid, those at the bases of the median fins coarsely so. The head is fur- nished with minute rugosities, and there are no labial beards nor color spots. Coll. 1873-1877. 98. MyLETES BIDENS Spix. Coll. 1873, 99. MAcRODON TRABIRA Spix. Coll. 1873-77. 100. ERYTHRINUS SALMONEUS Gron. Coll. 1873-77. 101. ERYTHRINUS BREVICAUDA Gthr. Coll. 1873. 102. PyrRRHULINA ARGYROPS, sp. nov. Radii; D. 1.9; A.1. 9. Scales in seven longitudinal, and about twenty- 1878.] 695 [Cope. five transverse series. The scales are lost from the anterior part of the body in two specimens, so that the number given is not absolutely certain, but very probable. Origin of dorsal fin immediately above that of ventral, and exactly half way between the base of the superior marginal ray of the caudal fin and the anterior border of the orbit. Pectoralsnot reaching the rather large ventrals, which fall considerably short of the anal. Head in total length less caudal fin, four and one-sixth times, and equal depth of body at dorsal fin. Eye large, its diameter entering length of head three times, exceeding muzzle by nearly half, and entering interorbital space 1-5 times. Suborbital bones reaching pre- and interoperculum. The mandi- ble projects, and the maxillaries are very short and subdiscoid, closing into an external concavity at the base of eachramus. Color olivaceous, except a silver spot at the center of each scale. Fins unspotted, except the dor- sal, which has a large black spot over its middle portion, no black band on head, which is silvery on the sides. Coll. 1877. ISOSPONDYLI. OSTEOGLOSSID. 103. OsTEOGLOSSUM BICIRRHOSUM Vand. Coll. 1873. 104. ARAPAMA GIGAs Cuv. Probably Nauta, 1873. HAPLOMI. CYPRINODONTID&. 105. RrvuLus microrus Stein., Gthr. Coll. 1873. SYNENTOGNATHI. BELONIDZ. The genus Belone must be placed in a family group distinct from that which includes the genus Hwocetus and its allies. I have already pointed out the fact that it possesses a distinct coronoid bone ; in addition to this, the vertebre display zygapophyses, a character unusual among fishes. On these two characters I propose the family Belonide. Professor Gill has already created this name, but he did not define the group to which he ap- plied it. 106. BELONE Tan1aTa Ginther. Coll. 1873-77. PLECTOGNATHI. TETRODONTIDZ. 107. TETRODON PSITTACUS Bl. Schn. Coll. 1873. PERCOMORPHI. CHROMIDID&. 108. Heros auTocHTHon Gthr. This species is stated by Dr. Steindachner to be confined to the coast Cope.] 696 [May 17, rivers of Brazil, and not to occur in the valley of the Amazon. I cannot distinguish my Peruvian specimens from the descriptions furnished by him and by Dr, Giinther. Coll. 1877. 109. Heros BrimacuLatus Linn. Cope; Acara Gthr. Coll. 1873-77. 110. AcaRA FLAVILABRIS Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc, 1870, p. 570. Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1872, Pl. XI, fig. 4. Dr. Steindachner in the Sitzungsberichte of the Vienna Academy for 1875, p. 6 (separata), expresses the opinion that this species is the A. tetra- merus Heck., basing it on a presumed error on my part in the counting of the scales on the cheek. He finds my figure above cited to disagree with my last description, in possession of three rows of cheek scales while I have stated that only two exist. An examination of numerous specimens addi- tional to those already in my possession, shows that they only exhibit two rows of cheek scales as I have described. Dr. Steindachner has evidently misunderstood my figure, for there are but two rows of cheek scales repre- sented on it as described. The third row belongs to the inferior limb of the peroperculum. The figure only is defective in the dark shading of the in- ferior lip, which is yellow in life. Coll. 1873. 111. AcaRa sysPiILus Cope, Proceed. Ac. Phila. 1872, p. 255, Pl. XI, fig. 3. In a larger specimen of this species than the type, the body is relatively deeper, and the eye a little smaller, and the vertical bands are less decided. Coll. 1877. 112. ACARA SUBOCULARIS, sp. DOV. Radii D. XIII, 11; A. III, 8; V. I. 5, nearly reaching vent, and origi- nating below the fourth dorsal spine. Scales 3—30-2—8-9 ; on cheek five rows. Form rather elongate; head not robust, its length entering the total less the caudal fin 3.4 times. The depth at the ventral fin enters the same 2.75 times. The preorbital bone is as wide antero-posteriorly as the orbit, and exceed the interorbital space by 1 mm. The orbit is thus behind the middle of the head, into whose length it enters 3.6 times. Its superior rim is in the frontal plane. The fourth and,longest dorsal spine is as long as the cranium from the superior extremity of the branchial fissure to the anterior border of the orbit. The profile descends from the supra-occipital crest in a nearly straight line, with a slight concavity at the front of the orbit. Color light brown, with a narrow vertical black spot just below the lat- eral line opposite the middle of the ventral fin. A black spot on the upper anterior portion of the spinous dorsal fin. A vertical black band from the eye to the inferior edge of the preoperculum. Total length M. .075; of head .017; to basis of ventrals taatans 022 ; to basis of anal .039; of caudal .058; depth .021. This species resembles the Gaapinges cuptdo. Coll. of 1877. 1878.) 697 Gene: 118. AcaRA HYPOSTICTA, sp. NOV. Radii; D. XIII 19; A III 153. Scales 6—30-3—17-8 ; six rows on cheek. The ventral fins commence under the third dorsal spine. The longest (fourth) dorsal spine is equal to the diameter of the bony orbit, which nearly equals the flat interorbital space. The preorbital bone is as long antero-posteriorly as one-third the diameter of the orbit, which is one-third the length of the head, exceeding a little the length of the muzzle. The extremity of the maxillary bone extends a little beyond the line of the an- terior border of the orbit. The form is a moderately wide oval, with the profile from the base of the dorsal fin a perfectly straight line to the end of the muzzle. The depth at the ventral fins enters the length less the caudal 2.1 times, and the length of the head enters the same 2.6 times. Total length M. ,095 ; of head, .027 ; to origin ventrals, .031 ; of anal, .049 ; of caudal, .070. The single specimen in my possession is in rather bad condition. It is of a light brown color, the dorsal, caudal and anal fins with brown spots. The ventrals are cross-banded with deep brown; and anterior to them, five similar bands, separated by silvery interspaces, cross the inferior sur- face, the anterior three of which rise to the superior border of the inferior ramusof the preoperculum. A brown horizontal line extends posteriorly from the mouth. The soft radii of the median fins are more numerous in this than in any of the described species. This character, with the peculiar coloration, will distinguish it from all of them. Coll. of 1878. 114. AcARA OCELLATA Agass. (Steind.) Hygrogonus Gthr. Coll. 1877. 115. GEopHaAGus cuPIpo Heck. 116. GEOPHAGUS TANIATUS Gthr. Two specimens; one of which exhibits a deep brown band along the middle line of the abdomen, which is wanting in the other. A third species from Pebas, the Geophagus badiipinnis Cope, is thought by Dr. Steindachner to be a Chaetobranchus. It has, however, the branch- ial structure of the genus to which I referred it. 117. CrcHLA OCELLARIS Bl. Probably Nauta 1873. 118. CRENIcIcHLA PROTEUS Cope, Proceed. Acad., Phila. 1872, p. 252. Coll. 1877. 119. CRENICICHLA Lucius Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1870, p. 570. Coll. 1873. From the Cachyiacu, an affluent of the Huallaga, near Moyabamba, 120. CRENICICHLA JoANNA Heck. Coll. 1877. / PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvit. 101. 41. PRINTED JUNE, 1878, Cope.] 698 [May 17, GENERAL OBSERVATION. The 121 species enumerated in the preceding pages are distributed among the following natural families. SVM STAN Chi eis ornerwis a sidagesuekyeeaeewa uses e ee earney wincaaiatet 1 Hypophthalmide............. ae epee aA Adenine Gewese = a! vag torelavecasisiess 2 Siluride........... Scieeaoiay sess’ Sieeinaw es F540 VME RAS eX eek a . 36 ASPLCCINIAG siccwccccsrelngie oda enone esse an teekkeewarn ss aeeaes 2 SlErMOP VSM 2c hace Nese s earieeeenate af A Sob a Sedalophumhauaeed anes beacause 10 Characinide.....6.......... Aeivdely SS sta a MgO See Faby Mais 52 OStCOPIOSSIN Bi. cocaine eo eeeksawonobak sseleeamigumeeieeee sea ees 2 CY PriNOd OMA s ewoncaeies Baar ehs HeNeneale ea WaaneMek tuk ceaw vanes 1 Belonide:, i: aaweons :6 24 dewaaeead sy osca 4 be 54 sew ERG Sa Eee a neeeee 1 Tetrodontides swscacdeves acaakeioa decade ae hese eect eit desaweeees 1 Chromidides: vsiies aseacs ds idenceosiee sss Stay ahrtiat sacvanea nen haua ac aee Ook or easereae 13 121 The preceding families have all been known heretofore as occurring in the fresh waters of South America, so that an analysis of the contents of this catalogue must relate chiefly to the genera and species. In so doing I first point out two genera which are characteristically marine, which have been shown by Ginther and Steindachner to inhabit the Brazilian Amazon. I have proven that their distribution extends even to the Pe- ruvian Amazon, 2500 miles from the sea. They are: I. Belone L. Tetrodon L., represented by one species each. I next enumerate four species which are confined to the Alpine waters of the Amazon, having been brought by Prof. Orton from the elevations of from 10,000 to 11,400 feet. These are : II. Arges sabalo, C. V. Trichomycterus dispar Tsch. Trichomycterus gracilis C. V. Tetragonopterus tpanquianus Cope. These represent the two families of Stluride and Characinidea, which are distributed everywhere in the neotropical realm. Of the Characi- nide, Tetragonopterus is universally distributed Of the Siluride, Arges is Alpine, but whether found in the waters of the Pacific Slope as well as the Atlantic, I am not informed. The other genus, Trichomycterus, is Alpine and West Coast, occurring from Equador to Southern Chili. The two species enumerated above are the only ones from Atlantic waters yet known. ‘This is one of the few cases where a West Coast form crosses the great water-shed. It is well known that many genera are common to the waters of both coasts, and even, according to Giinther, the species Macrodon trahira. I next note the genera which have so far not been found on the lower or middle Amazon, and which may be regarded as characteristic of the Peru- 1878.] 699 [Cope. vian portion of its course. This list is obviously only provisional, as explo- ration of the Amazonian basin has not progressed sufficiently to enable us to assert the restricted distribution of any type. Thus the genus Otocin- clus Cope, first obtained from the Peruvian Amazon, has been ascertained by Steindachner to occur near Rio Janeiro. Zathoraz and Triportheus first determined from western species, occur on the Lower Amazon. The genera remaining are : III. Siluride ; Brochis Cope; Chenothorax Cope; Physopysvis Cope ; Agamyzxis Cope ; Pariolius Cope. Characinide ; Aphyocharux Gthy.; Iguanodectes Cope; Stethaprion Cope. Finally, the species which have not yet been found below the Peruvian boundaries are as follows. I include species previously described by myself from Pebas, in the essay on The Fishes of the Ambyiacu River,* also those described by Gill from Orton’s first collection, and by Gunther from those of Bartlett, IV. Silurid@.... ccc cee eee 44 Pseudorhamdia Blk........... 1 Pimelodus Lac.. ............. 4 Euanemus M. T............... & Epapterus Cope................ 1 Anchenipterus U. V............ 3 Centromochlus Kner........... 1 Doras: La¢)..s.06 cee ca esaags ede 1 Zathorax Cope.........eee eee 2 Agamyxis Cope.............. 1 Physopyxis Cope.............. 1 Dianema Cope.........------- 1 Brochis Cope...............04- 2 Chenothorax Cope...........- 2 Gastrodermus Cope............ 5 Hypoptopoma Gthr............ 3 Otocinclus Cope.........-..6+5 1 Liposarcus Gthr........- 0.000. 3 Plecostomus Art .........-.005 3 Chetostomus Heck............ 5 Pariolius Cope...............- 1 Trichomycterus..............- 2 ASPrediNid@. 66. .cecerecees 3 Bunocephalus Kner........... 2 Dysichthys Cope.............. 1 Characinid@. .......0eec eens 53 Anodus Spix= «nceeews ics cans 2 Curimatus Cuv..............0. 5 Prochilodus Agass............ 2 Reeboides Gthr.............505 3 Anacyrtus Gthr...... .......6. 3 Xiphorhamphus M. T.......... 2 Hydrolycus M. T............6. 1 Xiphostoma Spix.............. 1 Characidium Reinhd.......... 2 Aphyocharax Gthr............ 2 Schizodon Agass.............. 1 Iguanodectes Cope ............ 1 Odontostilbe Cope............. 1 Leporinus Spix.... .........0- 3 Hemigrammus Gill............ 1 BryconwM Vin. sccnannicere 4 Tetragonopterus Cuv.......... 6 Triportheus Cope........... wwe Stethaprion Cope.............. 2 Chalceus Cuv......cee eee ceeee 1 Serrasalmo Lacep............. 2 Metynnis Cope........ .....--- 1 Myletes Cuv........ seeeeeeee 3 Pyrrhulina C. V...... ..50--ee 1 Holotaxis Cope......--...e.ee 2 Chromidid@.... ccceceeeceee 10 Acatta, Heck s:si.0 eves eeeiieusews 6 Geophagus Heck.............. 1 Crenicichla. Heck. ............. 3 Total number of specics not yet known below the Peruvian AMAZON saciaueacerntsssst4 120 «Proceed. Philada. Academy, 1872. Cope.] 700 [May 17, ADDENDUM. PERCESOCES. MuGILIDz. GASTROPTERUS ARCH&US, Gen. et. sp. nov. Char. Gen. A broad band of teeth on the premaxillary and dentary bones, and a patch on the vomer. Dorsal spinous fin with four rays. Ventral fins abdominal. Second dorsal opposite to anal. Dermal fold not crossing superior portion of premaxillary region, hence the jaws are only partially protractile. This genus is an interesting form, probably of Mugilida, related to Pro- tistius Cope, and Myzxus Ginther. The wide bands of teeth, consisting of numerous series, are not found in the last named genus, but belong to the first. Here, however, the spinous dorsal fin is rudimental, and there are no teeth on the vomer. The pectoral fin has the elevated position usual in the Percesoces, but the ventral fin is more posterior than in Mugil, having the position usual in Physostomous fishes. The spinous dorsal fin is very small, and the cau- dal fin is forked. A lateral line of pores extends along the lower part of the side. The characters of this genus render it probable that Protistius* should be referred to the Percesoces. These forms add to the number of existing relationships between the cold blooded vertebrate faune of Australia and the West Coast of South America. Char. Specif. Radii. D. IV. L. 11; A. I. 15; V. 1.5; P. 15. The dorsal spines are very small, the first about as long as the diameter of the orbit, and originating above a point half way between the bases of the ventral and anal fins. The pectoral fin is wide, and extends three quarters way to the base of the ventral. The latter extends three-fifths the distance to the analfin. The anterior rays of the anal are much longer than the pos- terior, and the margin is concave. Caudal lobes sub-equal and acute. Scales, counting from spinous dorsal to ventral fin ; 20-93-3. Anterior to the ventral fin the scales become smaller and rather irregular along the lateral line. Between the occiput and first dorsal spine there are 50 rows. The top of the head is scaled to the line of the anterior borders of the orbits. The muzzle is prominent and parabolic in outline, projecting very little beyond the mandible. The outline of the latter is similar to that of the muzzle, and the mouth is horizontal to a point a half the eye’s diameter in front of the orbit, where itis cut off by the decurvature of the premaxil- lary bones. Orbit one-fifth the length of the head, and 15 times in length of muzzle, which ig one mm. less than the slightly convex interobital space. The length of the head enters the total minus the caudal fin, four- times ; the greatest depth of the body enters the same, six times. Total # Proceed. Academy Phila., 1874, p. 66. 1878.] 701 [Cope. length M. .166; of the head, .035 ; to origin of ventral fin, .063 ; of anal fin .090 ; of second dorsal fin, .096 ; of caudal fin, .141. Besides the generic characters mentioned, this species differs from the Protistius semotilus of the same region, in the larger number of soft rays, the smaller eye, narrower interorbital space, etc. The lateral line is better de- fined in this species, but is not continued beyond the anal fin; a few iso- lated tubes occur on scales on other parts of the sides. The color of the Gastropterus archeus is silvery, darker shaded on the upper surfaces, and without spots on the body or fins. Two specimens ; coll. of 1874; obtained by Prof. Orton, at Arequipa on the Pacific slope at an elevation of '7500 feet. PUBLISHED JUNE 26, 1878. ABSTRACTS OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. No. 364. | [Session 1878-79. Annual General Meeting. ° February 21, 1879.—H. C. Sorby, Esq., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The SxcrErarres read the Reports of the Council and of the Library and Museum Committee for the year 1878, in which it was stated that, owing no doubt chiefly to the widespread depression in commercial affairs, the number of Fellows elected during the year was unusually low ; and there had been a corresponding, though pro- bably temporary falling off in the income of the Society. The Report, however, announced the receipt of a bequest of £1000 under the will of the late Sydney Ellis, Esq., which had been invested in Reduced 8 Per Cent. Stock for the benefit of the Society. The Report further mentioned the awards of the various Medals and the proceeds of the Funds, and stated that the proceeds of the Barlow-Jameson Fund would be devoted to the purchase of a new microscope, and the im- provement of the instrument already in the possession of the Society. In presenting the Wollaston Gold Medal to Prof. Ramsay for transmission to Prof. Bernarp Srupzr, F.M.G.S., the Presipenr addressed him as follows :— Proressorn RamMsay,— In forwarding the Wollaston Medal to Bernard Studer, I trust that you will tell him with what unanimity the Council awarded it to him as a token of their high esteem for his long and arduous ser- vices in the eause of science, commencing upwards of sixty years ago, and continued uninterruptedly down to the present time. We must, I think, regard him as the father of Swiss geology, and to him we are greatly indebted for our present knowledge of the structure of his native country, to which his publications have been mainly, though not exclusively devoted. I may especially refer to his earlier and later works on the geology of Switzerland and the ad- joining countries, and to his map of Switzerland, which, though published twenty-seven years ago, is still the best we possess. In fact, Studer’s name is so indissolubly associated with that country, 4 2 and his services in the cause of our science have been so long known to British geologists, that I need say little more than that we pre- sent the Medal to him as our great instructor in the geology of one of the most interesting and attractive districts of Europe. - Prof. Ramsay,in reply, said that he held in his hand a letter from Prof. Studer, in which he offered his best thanks to the Geological Society for having judged his endeavours to advance the geology. of the Alps and Switzerland worthy of the Wollaston Medal, and ex- pressed his regret that his advanced age of nearly eighty-five years prevented his being present to receive it in person. Prof. Ramsay added that he felt it a great privilege to be allowed to re- ceive the Medal, and that he should have much pleasure in forward- ing it to his venerable friend, who, he was sure, would be much gratified by the terms in which the President had spoken of him. Prof. Studer spoke of his eighty-five years; but Prof. Ramsay had seen him in Berne only five years ago, when he was as bright and almost as active as the youngest Fellow of the Society. The Presrpent next handed the Murchison Medal to Prof. Morris for transmission to Prof. M‘Coy, F.G.8., and addressed him as fol- lows :— Prof. Morr1s,— In forwarding the Murchison Medal to Prof. M‘Coy, you will, I trust, inform him that the Council has awarded it to him for his paleontological researches. These, to a considerable extent, have been directed to the older Paleozoic rocks, of which the donor of this medal was the distinguished expounder. During his early labours, Prof. M‘Coy described many forms collected by the late Sir Richard Griffith from the Silurian and Carboniferous rocks of Ireland, and subsequently, while at Cambridge, associated with Prof. Sedgwick, he published, in the Synopsis of the British Palaeozoic Rocks, de- scriptions of the fossils collected by that veteran geologist. During his residence in Australia for some years past as Professor of Geo- logy in Melbourne University, he has chiefly directed his attention to the Paleontology and Geology of that country, more especially of the Colony of Victoria ; and besides other published papers, he has pre- pared five decades of Victorian organic remains, characteristic of the different formations. Prof. Morris replied,— Mr. PREsIDEnT, I have much pleasure in receiving for transmission to Prof. M‘Coy this token of the value with which his labours for the advancement of geological and palawontological science are regarded by the Council of the Geological Society. I cannot but feel that in his distant, adopted home Prof. M‘Coy will highly estimate and fully appreciate this recognition of his researches on Paleozoic organic remains and 8 allied subjects. At the same time I trust it will still further stimu- late him to continue the publication of those illustrated works which he has so successfully commenced on the geology, paleontology, and recent natural history of the Colony of Victoria. _The Presrpent then handed the Lyell Medal to Mr. Warrneron W. Suyrn, F.R.S., F.G.8., for transmission to Prof. E. Hészrr, of Paris, and addressed him as follows :— Mr. Warweron Suyrn,— In handing to you the Lyell Medal for transmission to M. Hébert, I have to express the sense entertained by the Council of the extreme value of the work done by that gentleman. For more than thirty years he has been engaged in the investigation of the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations, and the results of his labours, which have been published in an immense number of elaborate memoirs, have thrown a vivid light upon the phenomena presented by these formations, both in this country and on the continent. M. Hébert has treated in great detail upon the subdivisions of both the above systems, and has also summarized the results of his labours in diagrammatic and tabular forms, which make them more easily and generally intelli- gible. He has also paid considerable attention to the supposed transitions existing between the Jurassic and Cretaceous systems on the one hand, and between the Cretaceous and Tertiary on the other. For these reasons the Council had much pleasure in awarding the Lyell Medal to Prof. Hébert. Mr. Wanrineton Suyru, in reply, expressed his regret that Prof. Prestwich, as an old and intimate friend of Prof. Hébert, was un- able to attend and receive the Medal on his behalf, as M. Hébert himself could not be present. He had received from M. Hébert a letter, in which he expressed his thankfulness for what he called “a precious indication of sympathy” on the part of the Council of the Society, and proceeded to say that, among geologists foreign to France, Lyell was the one with whom he had been longest connected, and one of those who, more than thirty years ago, most contributed to decide him to devote his life to geology. By the award of the Lyell Medal he felt honoured in the highest degree. The Prusipenr next handed the Bigsby Medal to Prof. Szzzzy, F.G.8., for transmission to Prof. E. D. Corr, of Philadelphia, and addressed him in the following terms :— Prof, SrELEY,— Through the further kindness and liberality of Prof. Bigsby, we now for the first time are able to give this Medal in gold. The Council of the Geological Society have awarded it to Professor E. D. Cope, in recognition of the genius and skill which have enriched the 4 sciences in which he has laboured with original thoughts and important additions to knowledge. In Comparative Anatomy and Paleontology his researches are based on profound knowledge of the structure of existing animals ; while in some departments of Zoology and Field-Geology his labours would have commanded more than respect were they not eclipsed by immense and varied work among the fossil vertebrata. Following out the work begun by Leidy, Professor Cope laboured successfully at the Reptiles in the Greensand of New Jersey, and in 1866 made known the remarkable genus Lelaps. Subsequently, in 1870, he published a synopsis of the Extinct Batrachia and Reptilia of North America, including many new types, especially among Plesiosaurs, Pythonomorpha, and Dinosaurs. Subsequently, when Professor Cope became Paleontologist to the United States’ Geological Survey of the Territories, he published from time to time, in the ‘Bulletins’ and ‘ Reports,’ descriptions of many of the more remark- able fishes, reptilia, and mammals discovered in Wyoming, Montana, Colorado, and other regions of the far west. Some of these researches on Cretaceous Reptiles and Fishes have since been issued by the United States Government in a sumptuous quarto volume; while a no less important work on the Paleontology of New Mexico is devoted chiefly to the Tertiary Mammalia. Professor Cope’s labours in these fields of work are familiar to every geologist ; and I rejoice that we are able to offer him this evidence of the esteem and admi- ration in which his researches are held by the Geological Society. Professor SrrLry said it was a peculiar pleasure to him to receive this award on behalf of Professor Cope; for no naturalist of our time had more felt and shown the importance of profound know- ledge of living animals and their structures in the interpretation of fossils. He believed there was every reason to anticipate that Prof. Cope’s labours in time to come would be no less important than in the past; and it was pleasing to know that one who had accomplished so much still pursued his studies as a student, that he might increase the value of his comparative work. Prof. Seeley was sure Prof. Cope would value this medal highly, since it expressed the admiration which the Geological Society felt for his labours, though Prof. Cope had found it reward enough to have contributed something to the sciences to which he had devoted his life. In handing to Prof. Bonnry, F.R.S., F.G.S., the balance of the proceeds of the Wollaston Donation Fund, for transmission to Mr. Samvrt AxLrort, F.G.S., the PresipEnr said :— Professor Bonnzy,— The medals and other awards have been given this year to eminent field-geologists or paleontologists, but to Mr. Allport for subjects which claim my own very particular sympathy, since the 5 greater part of his publications have been on the Microscopical Structure of Rocks, and have shown the great geological value of a knowledge which can be gained only by examining thin sections with the microscope. In his papers, published in the ‘ Quarterly Journal’ of this Society and elsewhere, he describes the mode of occurrence, structure, and composition of some of the principal basalts, dolerites, perlites, pitchstones, and felsites of the United Kingdom; and his memoirs are characterized, not only by great accuracy of detail, but also by much breadth and power of generali- zation. In his paper on the Wolf Rock he was the first to point out the existence of phonolite in the British area. He has for many years devoted much time and care to the prepararion of the thin sections necessary for the proper study of the structure of rocks; and I well know, by long experience, what a great amount of patience is needed to obtain satisfactory results. The Council of the Geological Society considers such researches deserve every encouragement, and has gladly awarded to him the balance of the Wollaston Fund. I feel sure that our late benefactor would have fully approved of such an appropriation. Professor Bonyzy, in reply, said :— Mr. Presipent,— Although I very much regret the absence of Mr. Allport, I cannot but feel glad of the opportunity afforded me by representing him of expressing the many obligations which I am under to him for help in that microscopic study of rocks in which he is so proficient. He again and again has removed for me those difficulties which beset every one commencing so new and difficult a subject. He has requested me, Mr. President, to express his regret at being prevented by urgent and important business from being present to receive this award—which he regrets the more because it would have been a peculiar pleasure to him to receive it from your hands, seeing that it was the study of one of your papers, ‘‘On the Microscopic Structure of Crystals,” which suggested to him the importance of applying the same method of investigation to rocks. He wishes me to state how highly he appreciates the honour which the Council has conferred upon him, and to render his thanks for this substantial help in the prosecution of his investigations. It will have the effect of stimu- lating him to further exertions in the future; he will regard the fund placed at his disposal as a trust, to be devoted to the cul- tivation of the field on which he has already worked ; and he hopes that it will enable him to produce a more abundant harvest, although it will certainly be expended on very rocky ground. The Prustppyr next handed to Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., F.G.S., the balance of the proceeds of the Murchison Geological Fund, for transmission to Mr. J. W. Krrxsy, and addressed him as follows :— Dr. Woopwarp,— It is now nearly twenty-five years since Mr. Kirkby’s attention was prominently directed to the Magnesian Limestone of the neigh- bourhood of Sunderland, and to the collection of the various included organic remains. These were assiduously studied, and their rela- tionship to both fossil and recent forms carefully determined. These researches have added much to our knowledge. The organic remains in the Carboniferous strata, and their close relation to those of Permian age, as well as the order and special characters of the rocks themselves, have also been elucidated by his observations, Subse- quently, when employed at the Pirnie colliery, near Leven, in Fife- shire (which gave him opportunities for collecting numerous fossils, chiefly Entomostraca), he published, either alone or in conjunction with other authors, information which has materially increased our knowledge of the Carboniferous fauna. The Council of the Geologi- cal Society considers that such investigations deserve every encou- ragement, and begs that he will look upon the award to him of the Murchison Fund as an acknowledgment by his fellow-workers of his woll-directed efforts, which we appreciate the more since we know how much his time is occupied with other necessary employments. Dr. Woopwarp, in reply, read the following letter from Mr. Kirkby :— “ Mr. PresipEnt,— ‘“‘T have great pleasure in receiving the balance of the proceeds of the Murchison Geological Fund. - The balance in itself is valuable; but to be thought worthy of being awarded it is of greater value—more especially when associated, as it is, with a name so famous in Paleozoic Geology as that of Murchison. “The Permian and Carboniferous Entomostraca, which have been mentioned as special objects of my study, owe more to my friend Professor Rupert Jones than to me; though I deem it an honour, with him, to assist in their elucidation. There is much still to do in this interesting group of fossils. So far as I am concerned, I shall look upon your award as an incentive and an aid to further research, rather than as a reward for what I have done. “J. W. Kirxsy.” The Prestpzenr next handed to Prof. Jupp a moiety of the balance of the proceeds of the Lyell Fund, for transmission to Prof. H. AtLEyNE Nicuotson, F.G.S., and addressed him as follows :— Professor JupD,— The Council having awarded to Prof. H. Alleyne Nicholson a portion of the proceeds of the Lyell Geological Fund, I have much. pleasure in placing the same in your hands for transmission to him. 7 Prof. Nicholson’s various researches upon the Paleozoic Palzontology of Britain and the Northern part of the American Continent have thrown much light upon many points in connexion with the lower forms of animal life as presented to us in the fossil state. The Graptolites, those peculiar structures so abundant in some of the Silurian rocks, and many of the obscure forms of Corals and other lowly organisms which constitute the great difficulties of students of the paleontology of the earliest fossiliferous rocks, have in a special manner attracted Prof. Nicholson’s attention, and constitute the subjects of numerous memoirs which have appeared in various journals. Of independent works, I may mention his ‘ Monograph of the British Graptolites’ (of which, unfortunately, only the first part has appeared) and his ‘ Paleontology of Ontario,’ the latter published in 1875. In conjunction with Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., he has commenced the publication of a ‘Monograph of the Silurian Fossils of the Girvan District, which contains some exceedingly valuable paleontological results, and promises to be of much interest. Besides these publications, Prof. Nicholson has done much for the advancement of his favourite science by the production of several useful manuals and popular treatises on paleontology. Prof. Jupp, in reply, said that he had much pleasure in receiving this award on behalf of Prof. Nicholson, from whom he read the following extract of a letter :— “Tt is with much regret that I find myself precluded by un- avoidable previous engagements from expressing in person my very grateful sense of the honour conferred upon me by the Council of the Geological Society in the disposition which they purpose to make of the Lyell Fund. ‘It is hardly necessary for me to say in so many words that I feel the honourable distinction which I have received to be meant rather as a stimulus to future exertion in the cause of paleontological science than as a mark of recognition for any thing that I may have been able to achieve in the past. I can only beg to assure the President and the Council of the Society that I loyally accept this interpretation of their kindness and goodwill, and that I shall not fail to do what may be in my power to prove myself more than merely theoretically grateful for an honour which J did not expect, and which I appreciate highly as a mark of friendly recognition on the part of the President and the Council.” The Prestpent then presented to Dr. Hunry Woopwarp, F.R.S., F.G.S., one moiety of the balance of the proceeds of the Lyell Fund, and addressed him in the following words :— Dr. WoopwaRrp,— In awarding to you a portion of the proceeds of the Lyell Geolo- gical Fund, the Council of the Geological Society have commissioned 8 me to convey to you the expression of their high sense of the value of your labours for the advancement of the science for the cultiva- tion of which the Socicty has its being. For many years you have devoted yourself with great assiduity to the study of the Fossil Crustacea, founding your work upon those objects upon a thorough systematic acquaintance with their existing relations; and by this combination of zoological and paleontological knowledge, you have been enabled to work with great profit upon an exceedingly difficult branch of the science of extinct organisms. It would be a work of supererogation on my part (even did I feel capable of doing it) to enumerate the many valuable contributions to this department of natural history with which you have enriched the pages of our “ Quarterly Journal” and of other periodicals ; but I may refer espe- cially to your most important memoir published by the Paleonto- graphical Society, on those remarkable types of Paleozoic Crustacea which have been united to form the order Merostomata. Your cata- logue of British Fossil Crustacea, although one of those works which may appear to be mere products of laborious industry, nevertheless shows many evidences of critical acumen, which raises it far out of the ordinary level, and will render it a most useful aid to all future investigators of that branch of British Paleontology. Besides these, which may be regarded as your special studies, you have further contributed to the elucidation of other fossil forms, and especially of some of those obscure remains of Insects and Arachnida the in- terpretation of which is always a matter of doubt and difficulty. In recognition of the value of the labours to which I have most imper- fectly alluded, and of your other services to the science of geology, and to aid you in the further prosecution of your researches, I have much pleasure in handing to you this small testimony of the Council’s appreciation. Dr. Woopwazp, in reply, said,— Mr. PRresipEntT,— I am fully sensible of the honour conferred on me this day by the Council of the Geological Society in selecting me to be one of the recipients of the ‘‘ Lyell Award,” and particularly grateful to you, Sir, for the kind manner in which you have spoken of my scien- tific work. There is a special pleasure in this award derived from the fact that in 1864 Sir Charles Lyell (then President of the British Association) took a warm personal interest in my first paper (read at the Bath meeting), ‘‘ On the Discovery of some new forms of Pa- leeozoic Crustacea.” If any incentive were needed to induce me to continue the work upon which I am engaged, it would be found in the kind words of encouragement which I have received from you to-day. The PrestpEnt then procceeded to read his Anniversary Address, which was devoted to an examination of the structure of limestones, 9 and the means presented, especially by optical investigation, for de- termining the origin of their constituent particles. The Address was prefaced by some obituary notices of Fellows and Foreign Members of the Society deceased during the past year, including Sir Richard Griffith, Prof. Harkness, Rev. W. B. Clarke, Prof. Oldham, Mr. Thomas Belt, Prof. Gastaldi, Mr. Daintree, Mr. T. Sopwith, Mr. J. G. Sawkins, and Mr. J. S. Dawes. The Ballot for the Council and Officers was taken, and the follow- ing were duly elected for the ensuing year :—President : H. C. Sorby, Esq., F.R.S. Vice-Presidents : Sir P. de M. Grey-Egerton, Bt., MP., F.R.S.; Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B., F.R.S.; Prof. J. Prestwich, M.A., F.R.S.; Prof. A. C. Ramsay, LL.D., F.R.S. Secretaries : Prof. T. G. Bonney, M.A., F.R.S.; Prof.J.W.Jndd, F.R.S. Foreign Secretary: Warington W. Smyth, Esq., M.A., F.R.S. Treasurer: J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S. Council: H. Bauerman, Esq. ; Prof. T. G. Bonney, M.A., F.R.S.; Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B., F.B.S.,; Sir P. de M. Grey-Egerton, Bt., M.P., F.R.S.; J. Clark Hawkshaw, Esq., M.A.; Henry Hicks, M.D.; W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A.; Prof. T. McKenny Hughes, M.A.; J. W. Hulke, Esq., F.B.S.; J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S8.; Prof. T. Rupert Jones, F.RB.S. ; Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S.; Prof. N. 8. Maskelyne, M.A., F.R.S.; J. Morris, Esq., M.A.; BR. W. Mylne, Esq., F.R.S.; J. A. Phillips, Esq. ; Prof. J. Prestwich, M.A., F.R.8.; Prof. A. C. Ramsay, LL.D., F.R.S.; Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.L.S.; Warington W. Smyth, -Esq., M.A., F.R.S.; H. C. Sorby, Esq., F.R.S.; Admiral T. A. B. Spratt, C.B., F.R.S.; Rev. T. Wiltshire, M.A., F.L.S. (From the American Naturalist, December, 1879.) ON THE EXTINCT AMERICAN RHINOCEROSES AND ~ THEIR ALLIES} BY E. D. COPE. ‘(eee species of mammals which may be called rhinoc- eroses, have been defined from materials obtained from the Tertiary formations of North America; and five additional spe- cies have been distinguished, which may be regarded as more or less nearly allied to that family. A few additional names have been proposed for supposed species whose characters are not yet established. In the corresponding formations of Europe and Asia, the fossil remains indicate a still larger number of species. The forms included in the family, first appear in both continents in the Lowest Miocene or Oligocene epochs ; that is, in North America in the White River formation. The family still exists in Asia and Africa, but in Europe it disappeared during the glacial epoch. In North America it became extinct at a still earlier period, no remains of rhinoceroses having been found in beds of later age than the Loup Fork, or Upper Miocene period. The genus Hyracedon (Leidy) which has a full series of incisor teeth, was formerly included in this family, and it agrees with the various genera in the structure of the molar teeth of both jaws. But I have ascertained that it differs so widely from them in some other respects, that it became necessary to regard it as the type of another family, the Ayracodontide. The mastoid bone forms part of the external wall of the skull as in tapirs, and the neck is quite elongate. It fact the Myracodon arcidens must have had the proportions of some of the horses in this respect. There is also no posterior tuberosity of the mandibular condyle, so con- spicuous in the rhinoceroses. The following table explains the relations of the two families: IV. Anterior exterior crescent of superior molars much reduced; inferior molars with cross-crests; superior molars and premolars alike, with cross-crests. 6. Mastoid bone forming part of the external wall of the skull; no postcotyloid tuberosity of the mandible; neck elongate............... Hyracodontide 7. Mastoid bone excluded from the walls of the skull by the contact of the occipital and squamosal; a postcotyloid tuberosity of the mandible; neck ShOll cco.s3 ee tuiiiosie Pree Eee siwamereuewes Saieaos sane Rhinoceride. The genera of Ahinoceride differ from each other as follows: I. Four anterior digits, Tncisors ?; canine $; no horn; posttympanic bone distinct.....4ceratherium. 1Adapted from a paper pub-ished in the Bulletin af the U. S. Geol. Surv. Terrs., Val vw Na 2 1870 187).] Lxtinct American Rhinocercses and their Allies. 7710 II. ? Digits. Incisors 2; canine 2; posttympanic bone distinct; an osseous tuberosity on each side the muzzle..... Je Midewwaw ne Foe 5 newEM ERS BS woe... Deceratheriun. III. Three anterior digits. Incisors **='; canines 2; no horn; posttympanic bone distinct...... Aphelops. Incisors +; canines 9; a dermal horn; posttympanic distinct... Ceratorhizus. Incisors 3; canines 2; a dermal horn; posttympanic?............005 Zalabis. Incisors 4; canines $; a dermal horn; posttympanic process codssified with postglenoid process; no nareal seplum........ceeee cess es Rhinocerus. Incisurs 9; canines 2; a dermal horn; posttympanic process not united with postglenoid; no nareal osseous septum. ...... esc eee eee eee Atelodus. Incisors 2; canines $; a dermal horn; posttympanic coéssified with post- glenoid; an osseous septum dartum........ ce ceee eee e eee enes Celodonta. My catalogue of species of the above genera contains twenty-eight names, of which six belong to living species. The latter are Cera- torhinus sumatranus Cuv.; C. lasiotis Scl.; Rhinocerus unicoruis L. ; and R. sondaicus Cuv., all from Asia and Malaysia; and Atelodus bicornis Land A. simus Burch., of Africa. It is possible that a spe- cies of Aphelops still exists in some of the Indian islands, in the Rhinocerus inermis Less. There are probably several distinct fos- sil species not in the list; but their characters have not yet been sufficiently made known to enable me to refer them to their proper places. It will be observed that eight species have been found in North American formations, ten in European, and three in those of Hindostan. It appears also that no extinct species of the true genus of Réinocerus has yet been found in North Amer- ica or Europe, and that no extinct rhinoceros of North America which is known, possessed a median dermal horn. It can readily be seen that the genera above defined form a grad- uated series, the steps of which are measured principally by suc- cessive modifications of four different parts of the skeleton. These are, first, the reduction of the number of the toes of the anterior foot; second, the reduction in the number and develop- ment of the canine and incisor teeth; third, the degree of closure of the meatus auditorius externus below; and fourth, in the develop- "ment of the dermal horns of the nose and its supports. While these characters have the tangible and measurable quantities which render them available for generic diagnosis, there are others which possess a similar significance, and which I now notice, so far as they are observable in the extinct species of North America. I premise by observing that the Aceratheria and Diceratheria of this continent have only been found in the eastern and western divisions of the White River formation, while the species of Aphelops are confined, so far as is known, to the Upper Miocene aoe Lan nnn 771\¢ Extinct American Rhinoceroses and their Allies. [December, The posttympanic process is, it is well known, well separated from the postglenoid process in the .tapir, so as to leave the auditory meatus widely open below.. The arrangement is similar in Hyracodon. In Rhinocerus,as shown by Flower, the meatus is closed below by the codssification of the two processes. In the oldest genus of the family Aceratherium, the relations of the parts are asin Hyracodon. In Aphelops the two processes approach each other, but do not come in close contact as in the genus Ceratorhinus. Fic. 1.—Aphelops megalodus Cope, one-sixth natural size. Loup Fork beds, Colorado. The postglenoid process is low and transverse in the tapirs; in Rhinocerus it is long and has a triangular section. In some spe- cies of American Aceratheria its form is much like that of the tapirs (4. mite, A. occidentale); while in Diceratherium pacificum and in the species of Aphelops, the form of this process is as in Rhinocerus. In the tapirs, the foramina sphenoorbitale and rotundum are dis- tinct. They are also distinct in Aceratheriuin mite. In D. pacifi- cum they are confluent, but the walls of their orifice present two opposite projections, which are the rudiments of a dividing sep- tum. In Aphelops these foramina are one as in Rhinocerus. At the same time, the external wall of the alisphenoid canal is shorter and thinner in the Aceratheria than in the Aphe/opes. In the older types of Perissodactyla, e. g., Symborodon, the foramen ovale is situated well in advance of the foramen lacerum medius, and is separated from it by a considerable space of the sphenoid bone. The same structure is seen in Hyraradan and in 1879.) Extinct American Rhinoceroses and their Allies, 9714 Aceratherium. \n Aphelops, the foramen ovale approaches near to the f. lacerum, so as tq be separated by a narrow bridge only in A, megalodus, which is wanting on one side in a specimen of A. malacorhinus. In the genus Rhinocerus, these foramina are not divided. In the structure of the teeth, the same serial order is to be observed. Commencing with the incisors 3 in the tapiroid types and Hyracodon, and canine }, we find 3 ¢ in Zaladis ; 3 $ in Acera- therium ; ?= $ in Aphelops ; + $ in Ceratorhinus and Rhinocerus, to 5°, 3 in Atelodus and Calodonta. As to the molars, in those of the upper jaw the series of modifications consists of succes- sive complication of the transverse crests. In Alyracodon, as in the tapiroid genera, the external wall of the posterior molar is Fic. 2.—Aphelops megalodus Cope, inferior view of cranium rep- resented in Fig. 1. continued beyond the posterior cross-crest; in the Récnocerid@, generally the external wall is not continued beyond this crest, but is in line with the posterior cross-crest. In a specimen of Aceratherium occidentale, the posterior superior molar of one side is like that of yracodon, while that of the other side is like that of Rhinocerus. The cro$s-crests in Aceratherium are quite simple, having slight bulges into the median valley. In the species of Aphelops these bulges are more prominent, especially that of the posterior crest, which is more externally situated than that of the anterior cross-crest, so that the fundus of the valley is turned abruptly backwards. In several of the existing species, this bulge becomes an antero-posterior crest, and the fundus is fur- ther divided by other crests from the outer wall and elsewhere. The cingula become so elevated as to cause an isolation of the valleys as fosse at a comparatively early stage of wear. This 77i\e Extinct American Rhinoceroscs and their Allies. [December, state of things commences in the extinct species of Kansas, the Aphelops fossiger. Fic. 3.— eee | transverse........- -016 Length of several pieces of neural spines........ ietdeht: G1 40 . 8 DIADECTID&. I have obtained three skulls of the Bmpedyveles molaris, a species of this family, which display the occiput, and two of them the basis of the cran- ial and facial regions. From them I derive the following characters.* The relations of the quadrate and zygomatic arches are as in the Zhero- morpha generally. The pterygoids extend to the quadrates, and the vomer bears teeth. The brain-case extends to between the orbits, and its lateral walls are uninterrupted by fissures from this point to near the origin of the os quadratum. There is an enormous frontoparietal foramen. The mode of _ connection with the atlas is peculiar. There is a plane facet on each side of the foramen magnum, which then expands largely below them. The bone which bounds it inferiorly, presents on its posterior edge a median concavity. Oneach side of this, is a transverse cotylus, much like those of an atlas which are applied to the occipital condyles of the Mammalia. They occupy pre- cisely the position of the Mammalian condyies. The median point of their upper border, which forms the floor of the foramen magnum, is produced in the position occupied by the median occipital condyle of a reptile. From its position between the cotyli, the section of this process is triangular. ' The element in which the cotyli are excavated has the form of the mam- malian basioccipital, and of the reptilian sphenoid. It is not the batrachian parasphenoid. -Its extreme external border on each side where it joinsa crest descending from the exoccipital, is excavated by a circular fossa which looks outwards. The character of this articulation is so distinct from anything yet known among vertebrated animals, that I felt justified in proposing (1. ¢., p. 804) a new division of the Theromorpha to include the Diadectidw, to be called the Cotylosauria. The superior facets described, indicate the presence of atlantal zygapophyses as in the Ganocephala, There are three genera of Diadectide, one of which is now introduced for the first time. They are distinguished as follows : I. Molar teeth in one series ; A distinct canine........... cece eee Seeds . Diadectes. No canine............ aunaanicsa SLL alncmanldn eenacued Empedocles. TI. Molar teeth in two series; | JA COMIN C uicivelacg os'sid 4 sarees eS alenealigtuitra. olan Helodectes. I am acquainted with six species of this family, two of each of the genera. DIADECTES Cope. Proceeds. Amer. Philos. Society, 1878, p. 505. American Naturalist, April 22, 1878. ; The typical species of the genus has compressed teeth, with one end of the crown much more elevated than the other. In the lower jaw the inner extremity is the elevated one, and vice versa. There is a large tooth in the position of a canine in the inferior series, but it is not certain whether or not it isan incisor. A new species is now described which is intermediate *These were first described in the American Naturalist, 1889, p. 301. 9 between the D. sideropelicus and the Empedocles molaris in the form of the molar teeth. The species are distinguished as follows : Much inequality in the elevation of the extremities of the molars; lower tubercle small ..........0e.eeece ve oo eR ee es sees D. sideropelicus. Extremities of molars not very anequal in height; lower tubercle large....... bea eseeavans shoentenl sie heaasis aes Sheil D. phascolinus. DIADECTES PHASEOLINUS Cope. sp. nov. This species is represented in my collection by the maxillary bones of three animals, and a portion of the mandible with most of the tooth line ofa fourth. These fragments are of about the size of the D. séderopeticus and Hmpedocles molaris. The molars possess a low cusp which is nearly in the middle of the tooth. Of the lower and external cusps, the internal is the wider and more round- ed; when unworn it is as clevated as the external, but it is soon reduced by attrition. The external part of the tooth is somewhat narrowed, and there is no horizontal surface on eilher side of the median cusp, as in Him- pedocies molaris. The last maxillary tooth is rather small; preceding it are eight wide transverse ones, and then two less extended transversely before reaching the broken end of my best specimen. The anterior of these is elongate, and may be caniniform, but its apex is lost. External layer smooth ; some wrinkles round the base of the median cusp. The broken base of the molar bone is subround and small, and shows. that that element is slender below the orbit. The portion of mandible preserved is quite deep, and is incurved at the symphysis. But few of its teeth are preserved, and it is not possible to say how long the anterior ones with subround bases may have been. The molar whose crown is preserved does not differ materially from those of the maxillary series. The alveolar line does not retreat inwards from the external border as in Hinpedocles latibuccatus, resembling in this respect the D. sideropelicus. The external surface of the lower jaw is roughened by shallower and deeper small or minute pits closely placed. Measurements. M. Length of series of eleven maxillary teeth...........-.. .075 Length of series of seven widest molars....... wonsenist .048 2 4 anteroposterior.............06 .006 Dismister witest molar { transverse. ..... éarapenaveaiweeier 016 Depth of mandible externally...... a ashibe a tee eine . 050 Width of mandible at middle....... cee eee ee cece eee eee 026 It is possible that it may yet be necessary to refer this species to Hm- pedocles. : EMPEDOCLES Cope. Proceedings Amer. Philos. Soc., 1878, p. 516. American Naturalist, April 22, 1878 ; April, 1880. Iam acquainted with two species of this genus, # molaris* and &. lat?- * Diadectes molaris, Amer. Naturalist, 1878, p. 565. 10 buccatus.* The latter is represented by portions of two mandibles in my collection ; the former by two or three skulls, with part of the mandible accompanying one of them. The difference in the forms of the mandibles is well marked. In #. molaris the dental series is parallel to the external border of the jaw; in H. latibuccatus the tooth line is deflected inwards from the border, leaving a wide space. EMPEDOCLES MOLARIS Cope. Diadectes molaris Cope. American Naturalist, 1878, p. 565. The molar teeth are wider in this species than in any species of the family yet known. The internal and external extremities of the crown are about equally wide and equally elevated, and there isa low median cusp. A portion of the grinding surface both internal and external to the cusp is horizontal ; the surface of this portion is wrinkled. The last molar is smaller than the others. The inner border of the maxillary benes forms a curved ridge on each side of the palate, which is separated by a groove from the vomer. The latter forms a median keel at the anterior portion of the palate, where it supports two rows of small conical teeth. The palatines have their prominent internal edges juxtaposed as far as the transverse line of the last molars. There they diverge a little, and extend as two nearly parallel keels to a prominent angle on each side, opposite the middle of the zygomatic foramen. There the inner borders cease to project, and are directed obliquely outwards to the inner extremities of the quadrate bones. The external borders of the pterygoids are more elevated than the inter- nal. The median keel of the basisphenoid arises between the internal angles of the pterygoids above mentioned, and ceases before reaching the inferior border of the occipital condyle. Tbe external border of the ex- occipital is sigmoidally flexed. It has occurred to me that the peculiar condition of the occiput described under the head of the family Diadectide, may be due to the loss of the basioccipital bone. It would be a remarkable coincidence if this accident should have befallen the only three crania which have come into my pos- session. The anterior border of the orbit is above the anterior part of the fourth molar, counting from behind. The distinct incisive foramina are longitudi- nal and rather large. The anterior border is opposite to the fourth tooth counting from the first incisor. The nostrils look out laterally and a little forward ; the united spines of the premaxillaries form a stout septum. The incisors are not more than three or four on each side (I cannot find the premaxillo-maxillary suture), and they form a regularly convex series. With the maxillaries, the entire dentition of one side forms a gentle sig- moid curve. The median incisors are the largest ; the sizes regularly di- minish until the smallest are reached on the anterior part of the maxillary bone. Posterior to this point they enlarge again. Their apices are not preserved. : * Diadcetes latibuccatus, Proceed, Amer. Philos. Soc., 1878, p. 505. 11 The superior surface of the skull is only partly preserved in one speci- men. This renders it probable that there is a crotaphite foramen as in the crocodiles, etc. The surfaces of the external cranial elements are finely pitted, or rather punctured. Measurements. M. Total length of skull..............000e00s sableteiaye aya mveete 180 Width of skull at quadrates.........cecececeececeeeces 145 a a “origin of zygoma......... Coe oAms 115 es * “incisive foramen.......... awe sss . 056 Length of dental series to posterior extremity of incisive foramen, on curve.............0. Miu gks PIR eS . .090 Diameters of third molar from behind ‘ anteropesterion . 010 transverse..... . 021 Depth of mandible at fifth molar from behind.......... .048 Maxillary series of seven, and parts of the mandibular series of four, indi- viduals, are in my collection. HELODECTES Cope. Genus novum. Maxillary bones of two species, which I refer to this genus, were found as- sociated with many bones of appropriate size, among which are vertebre of the type of Hmpedocles. The characters observable are generally similar to those of the Diadectidw, where I accordingly place the genus. Its principal characters, the presence of two rows of teeth in the jaws, has already been pointed out. I may add that there is apparently a large tooth in the position of anterior incisor, in the typical species. The species differ in the arrangement of their teeth, as follows : Molar teeth of the two rows subequal in size, and equally numerous HI. paridens. Molar teeth of one row wider, and more numerous than those of the other....... Eels else RE OSREEE Va alan Beanies Helse ae sigare HT, isaaci. HELODECTES PARIDENS Cope. Sp. nov. The smallest species of the family, is of about half the linear dimensions of the Hmpedocles molaris. It is represented by a left maxillary and proba- bly premaxillary bune, which are so far covered with the adhesive, hard- ened ferruginous mud of the formation, as not to expose a clean surface. The apices of all the teeth are broken off, so that the bases alone remain to indicate their number, form and positions. Of the molar teeth proper I count six in the inner, and eight in the ex- ternal row. The'two series are close {ogether, and are gently convex in- wards. The bases of the tecth are wide ovals, transversely placed. In front of the eighth tooth of the external row (from behind), are two teeth with- out apparent mates of the internal row (possibly the latter lost). Then fol- lows a tooth of each row, and in front of these another pair, the external being the larger. Anterior to these, the jaw is so split as to remove any teeth of the inner row, if there are any, and one large tooth of the external series stands at the extremity of the fragment. This latter exceeds the 12 other teeth in the length and diameter of its basal portion. From_its posi- tion it is probably an incisor. The anterior border of the orbit falls above the third tooth of the exter- nal row (counting from behind). The inner border of the maxillary bone is elevated into the ridge convex inwards, as in the other species of this family. The malar. base of the zygomatic arch is a moderately stout ver- tical oval. . Measurements. M. Length of dental series..... aihdasenseon Seaaia teres anee ase ts Grd wee 062 Length of molar 6-8 series... ..... 0 cece eee eee eee -029 Width of the two molar series............. ec eee e eee . .009 Vertical diameter malar bDone........ 6. cece ee eee eee .013 The associated bones of the skeleton may belong to this or to the next species, or even to a small Hmpédocles whose teeth occur in the same lot. In the uncertainty of reference I do not describe them. FLELODECTES ISAACI Cope. Sp. nov. Founded on a fragment probably of a maxillary bone, lacking both ex- tremities, and considerably obscured by ferruginous deposit. : The characters are well marked, leaving no doubt that this species is distinct from those previously known. The bases of the teeth of one of the rows are much more extended transversely than those of the other, having the form of some of those of Hmpedocles. Asin that genus, they shorten anteriorly. In the fragment, I count on this row, bases of nine teeth. In the other row, I can only definitely count three, which are opposite the second, third. and fourth of the other series (counting from behind). They are wide transverse ovals, about half the long diameter of the posterior teeth of the other series. Measurements. M. Length of, bases of eight larger molars........+.---.+-- 082 Diameter of large molar { trangverse so vcsscessecceze 008 Length of three smaller molars..... Laws e pied seems 012 Long diameter of a smaller molar............6 cee e eens 004 This species is dedicated to J. C. Isaac, the discoverer of the first species of this family. GANOCEPHALA. Examination of abundant material shows the correctness of my anticipa- tion (American Naturalist, 1878, 633), that the vertebree of the large batra- chian Zryops, would turn out to have the structure found’ in Rhachitomus. This genus then must be referred to the same sub-order as Trimerorhachis, and probably Actinodon Gaudry, which will be characterized by the seg- mented vertebral centra. If European authors are correct in stating that the vertebre of the Labyrinthodontia have undivided centra. the sub-order above mentioned must probably retain the name of Gunocephala, with ad- ditional characters. The identification of the scapular arch in Hryops, and of the pelvic arch ‘ 13 in Eryops and Cricotus, gives the following result: The glenoid cavity is an excavation in two codssified elements, of which the inferior and posterior is probably coracoid. The latter is then much smaller than in Reptilia and Batrachia anura, but resembles that of the salamanders. The scapular arch proper resembles that of the Urodela. The pelvis is intermediate between that of the anurous and urodelous Batrachia. There is no obtura- tor foramen, and the common symphysis is deep. The humerus closely resembles that of the Pelycoswurta, differing chiefly in the non- -enclosurg of the supracondylar foramen; and as in that sub- order, some genera possess condyles and some do not. Prof. Owen proposed the order Ganocephala chiefly for Avahescsaur Us, but he included in it also the genera Denderpeton and Pelion (Paleontol- ogy, p. 182-3). This division has not been generally adopted, the genera mentioned being usually placed in the Labyrinthodontia. Of the eleven characters given by Prof. Owen in evidence of the existence of this order, one only does not belong also to the Labyrinthodontiu ; this is the absence of occipital condyles. On this account I thought that the group should be retained, but not as an order. Besides this group and the Labyrintho- dontia, there were the types called Microsuuria by Dawson, ‘some of which have simple enamel, all agreeing in general characters, and differ- ing from other Batrachia. I therefore combined the three groups into one order, the Stegocephali. (Proceedings, Academy, Philada., 1868, p. 209.) This order was most distinctly characterized in the Report of the Geological Survey of Ohio, Paleontology, ii, p. 854, 1875. Von Meyer has given us enough of the characters of Archegosaurus to enable me to refer the forms of the Texan Permian to the same order. Prof. Owen, in his discussion of the affinities of that genus (1. c., p. 170), remarks, that the vertebre and numerous very short ribs, with the ‘‘indi- cations of stunted swimming limbs, impressed me with the conviction of the near alliance of the Archegosuurus with the Proteus and other perenni- branchiate reptiles.’ As it is now well known that perennibranchiate batrachians belong to three different orders of the class (7'rachystomata, Proteida and Urodela), the above expressions lose point, and especially as the characters mentioned as indicative of affinity are of the most subordi- nate importance, or as in the structure of the vertebra. are totally distinct from what is found in those orders. When we read later (p. 173), that the fact that the superior ‘‘ossifications of the skull have started from centres’ more numerous than those of the true vertebral system, gives the charac- ter of the present extinct order of Butrachia ;’’ we find that Prof. Owen has quite failed to perceive either the definitions or affinities of his new order. He commits an error in describing a distinct pubic bone; an ele- ment which Von Meyer states (Paleontographica, vi, 179, 1858) that he had not discovered. Von Meyer describes the coéssified inferior elements of the pelvis as ischia. My numerous Texan specimens show that each of these bones includes both pubis and ischium. In now defining the Ganocephala anew, IT confine myself to characters 14 which I know to be common to the known genera. Some of them possess two occipital condyles. For the purpose of avoiding the multiplication of synonymes, I employ Prof. Owen's name. Vertebrie consisting of centra and intercentra, the former not extending to the base of the vertebra, the latter not rising to the neural canal. The centrum consisting of two parts distinct from the superior neural arch; viz., a lateral piece (pleurocentrum), on each side. Atlas consisting of separate segments, the superior of which are not united above the neural canal, and the inferior (intercentrum) divided on the middle line, into two segments. Genera. A. Basioccipital bone without condyles: Trimerorhachis Cope ; Archegosaurus Meyer. A.A. Basioccipital condyles two: Actino- ° don Guadry ; Rachithomus Cope ; Eryops Cope. All the above genera have well-developed neural spines except Trime- rorhachis. ERYOPS Cope. Paleontological Bulletin No. 26, p. 188. Nov. 21st, 1877. Proceedings Amer. Philos. Society, 1877 (1878), p. 188. In the essay above cited, the cranial characters of this genus were pointed out with some of those of the vertebrae. It remains to describe the other parts of the skeleton. Notices of some of these have already appeared in the American Naturalist for September, 1878 and May, 1880. The largest element of the vertebra is the intercentrum. This, which occupies the entire inferior surface of the vertebra, is a segment, rep- resenting the sixth part of a sphere, with a slight central vacuity. The element representative of the centrum is wedged in between the superior external angles of adjacent intercentra, asin Trimerorhachis. These, as well as the intercentra, differ from those of that genus in their greater degree of ossification, which is so far complete'as to greatly contract the canalis chor- d@ dorsalis. The central elements of opposite sides do not unite on the middle line below, although in contact. The neurapophysis is produced downwards and outwards, terminating in the simple diapophysis, with rib articulation. The inferior articular faces of the arch are two on each side, one for the central element in front, and the other for the one behind it. The whole is surmounted by a continuous neural spine, which is expanded at the summit, in the known species. The vertebre do not differ much in different parts of the column. The cervicals are not distinguished in any way from the dorsals, but their anterior intercentra have more extensive costal surfaces, which give the inferior posterior border lateral angles. The diapophyses of the second and third cervicals are of reduced size. The neural spine of the axis is a little less elevated, and is longer anteropos- teriorly than that of the third and succeeding cervicals. I do not possess an entire atlas free from matrix. Attached to the axis of this specimen are two elements which connected it with the skull, as they are separated from it only by closely fitting tractures. The elements are lateral, and each pre- sents a semi-spherical articular face in front, and a long process with acute apex al right angles to it, posteriorly. These processes lie, one on cach 15 side of the nenral spine of the axis, above the position which would be occu- pied by its prezygapophysis ; they represent the distinct halves of the arch of the atlas. At the superior base of each process near the edge of the articulation is a button-like tubercle, which represents a prezygapophysis ; the inferior articular faces correspond with those of the occipital condyles in form but not in position, which is inverted. The inferior elements of the atlas are lost. ¢ The intercentra are rather longer and more elevated in the sacral region. One only can be properly said to belong to the sacrum, and this is closely united with the one that follows it by a rough surface of contact. In old animals it may become coéssified. What the relations to the intercen- trum immediately preceding may be I am unable to state, owing to the condition of the specimen. A pair of caudal vertebrae are peculiar. Their intercentra are in contact throughout, excluding the pleurocentra. The latter rest above the intercentra, and between the inferior parts of adjacent neural arches. Each intercentrum supports a codssified chevron bone, and these, in the two vertelree in question, become cvdssified with each other, forming a robust rod directed backwards, whose double base is perforated by the hemal canal. This peculiar structure probably belongs” near the extremity of the caudal series, as the anterior caudals observed in other specimens, are much like the dorsals. The costal articulations are everywhere undivided, and have an oblique- ly vertical extension. The articular surface extends to the intercentrum in the #. megacephalus, forming a short superficial depression which enters from the supero-posterior border. The costal surfaces of the diapophyses become more robust anteriorly, and are more narrowed, especially at the middle and inferior portions, posteriorly. The diapophysis of the sacral vertebra is very robust, and presents a large tubercular face downwards, and a little backwards. The external side of the intercentrum about its supe- rior angle is also covered by a large capitular facet, and the two facets sup- porta sacral rib. This element is much more robust anteriorly than the true ribs, and its capitular and tubercular facets are distinct from each other, although they are separated by but a slight interruption. The body of the rib is plate-like, and is directed downwards and backwards, its union with the ilinm being squamosal. The costal elements posterier to the sicrum diminish rapidly in size. From the size of the vertebrae in 4. meg- acephalus, the tail is probably of medium length only. The coracoid is but little incurved ; its internal border is convex, and is roughened as though forcartilaginousattachment. Its superior portion forms a convex continuum with the scapula. The direct line or external face of the scapula extends in a nearly plane surface to the glenoid cavity, em- bracing a perforating foramen above the latter, precisely as in the Pelyco- sauria. Its surface is continuous anteriorly with a wide expansion forwards, whose fine inner border is continuous with that of the coracoid. This plate doubtless includes a third element, but its borders are not preserved, on account of the obliteration of the sutures. It is probably epicoracoid, ag in the Pelycosauria. In its form it is less produced than in the known scapular arches of the latter. 16 The codssified pelvic elements resemble, in their compression below, the corresponding parts in the Anura. The ilia are, however, shorter and worn as in the Urodela. They are flat, and stand at right angles to the line of the ischiopubic symphysis. There is an open concavity of their inferior posterior free border, and a facet-bearing elevation on the inferior border, or that entering into the formation of the acetabulum. The latter is large and half as long azain as deep. The anterior and posterior borders of the pelvis descend regularly to the inferior edge, forming with it a trian- gle. The ischiadic or posterior border is but little thickened ; the anterior, or pubic is flat in front and presents a reverted edge outwards. This ex- pands prominently where it-is joined by a ridge which bounds the acetabu- lum below ; it there contracts to an inferior apex. Beneath the anterior point of the acetabulum it is pierced by the usual foramen, which issues on the inner edge of the anterior face, just above the symphysis. The humeral bones of this genus I probably possess ; but I have several forms between which I am not able to decide. They are in general like those of the Pelycosauria, but differ from them in not having an enclosed supracondylar arterial foramen, but only the buttresses of its enclosing arch. Two such forms I have already deseribed,* and a third has been obtained from the French Permian by Professor Gaudry. One quite similar to the latter I have since obtained from Texas. Not having been able at first to determine the proper reference of these humeri, I suggested to Prof. Gaudry that his humerus belongs to one of the Pelycosauria, and he accordingly described it as Huchirosaurus rochei.t I now think that there is greater reason for believing that it belongs to a species of the same group as Hryops and Actinodon. In all these -humeri the extremities are expanded in different planes, and the shaft contracted. The articular surface of the proximal extremity is band like and passes obliquely from one side to the other as in the Pelyco- sauria. The condyles are large, consisting ofa globular ponies and a de- pressed trochlea without ridges at one side of it. The femora are very different from the humeri, but in much the same way as in the corresponding bones of existing Batruchia. There are no condyles at either extremity, but outlines of such, enclosing roughened | surfaces. These look as though the bases of attachment of cartilaginous caps or epiphyses. The proximal extremity is convex, and is extended in one direction. One border, the anterior, is regularly gently convex; the opposite arc is strongly convex near one end only. The articular face is in two planes, one larger than the other. The trochanteric fossa is at first shallow, end occupies the entire wid:h of the bone, it narrows with the shaft downwards and the borders rise, one more than the other. The two join in a strong protuberance, which looks directly backwards, and may be called for the present the third trochanter. The shaft is keeled below and in continuation of the trochanter, to where it expands for the distal articu- * Paleontol. Bulletin, 29, 1878, p. 529. + Bulletin Soe. Geol. France, Dec , 1878. 17 lar extremity. The latter looks partly downwards, and is divided bya deep groove above into two parts representing the usual condyles. One of these is comparatively depressed, while the other has a massive superior crest, which makes its long axis vertical instead of horizontal, as is that of the other condyle. There is considerable resemblance between this femur and that of Dimetrodon gigas, and ina less degree to that of Clepsydrops natalis, but both the latter have well developed condylar surfaces. They are also larger in proportion to the size of the rest of the skeleton, in the Pelycosau- rians mentioned. Further characteristics of this genus and of the species it embraces will ke given at a future time. TRIMERORHACHIS Cope. - American Naturalist, 1878, p. 328 (April 22). Proceedings American Philos. Society, 1878, p. 524. This genus, as has been pointed out, differs from Hryops in the super- ficial character of its vertebral ossifications, and in the absence of ossified neural spines. A well-preserved cranium, and purtions of several others referrible to this genus, furnish characters which have been hitherto inaccessible. They probably belong to the 7. insignis, but this is not certain. Generic Characters, ete.—The type of skull is that of the order of Stego- cephalé generally. The superior walls are thin, and are sculptured on the superior surface. The mucous grooves are distinct, but do not form a well-defined lyra. There is a groove which is parallel to the anterior borders of the orbit fora short distance, and which then turns forwards and theninwards. The dermal ossification is distingnished from that of the maxillary bone by a squamosal suture. A mucous groove descends to it obliquely forward from the superior quadrate region, and sends a branch at right angles to its anterior extremity to a point posterior to the orbit. Of superficial ossifications, the boundaries are difficult to determine, owing to the obscurity of the sutures. Enough can be seen to demonstrate the presence of supramaxillary, epiotic, and supraoccipital dermal bones. The nostrils are large aud well-separated, and look upwards. The teeth are acute, and of subequal size; their superficial layer is deeply inflected at the base. The parasphenoid bone is wide posteriorly, but contracts abruptly, and extends forwards on the middle line. Owing to crushing of a part of the surface, I am unable to ascertain its anterior, or vomerine suture. The basifacial axis bone is quite narrow, and is edentulous. It is connected with the superior cranial walls by a vertical osseous plate on each side, which may represent alisphenoid, orbitospheuoid and ethmoid. The palatoptery- goid arch is a longitudinally extended sigmoid, enclosing with the axial elements, an enormous choanoérbital foramen. It extends from the middle line below a short distance posterior to thé position of the nostrils 18 outwards, and follows closely the maxillary bone well posteriorly. It then turns inwards, extending to the parasphenoid bone, with the wide portion of which it has an extensive contact. It then turns outwards as pterygoid bone, and rapidly narrowing, joins the inner distal extremity of the quad- rate. It thus encloses a foramen with the quadratojugal bone, which is much smaller than the choanodrbital foramen. The posterior part of the inferior surface of the bones of this arch, not including the slender ptery- goid portion, is roughened with hard nodules resembling teeth in material, and serving the purpose of such organs. Two rod-like bones extend outwards and backwards frem the posterior part of the parasphenoid and the basioccipital, which belong to the inferior arches. The anterior is the larger, and is bent backwards at an obtuse angle ; its proximal extremity is a truncate oval. This bone occupies the position of the stapes. The second is extensively in contact with the basi- occipital by its proximal extremity. Itis curved backwards at its distal third. The occipital condyle is represented by a fish-like cotylus, which has a deep notch at its superior border. ; The mandible has a short angular process, vertical by lateral compres- sion. The symphysis is very short and the Meckelian cavity large, and completely enclosed. The anterior cervical vertebre consist of the same elements as the dorsals. The intercentra of the second and third vertebre support capitular costal articulations, somewhat elevated above the surrounding level. he pleuro- centra do not support the ribs, but the neural arches terminate below in diapophyses. Thereisa pleurocentrum in front of the second intercentrum, and above and in front of ita neurapophysis, which has no distinct diapoph- ysis. Its superior portion is a subacute process which is not in contact with that of the other side, but is separated from it by a vertical osseous plate, which is probably the neural spine of the second vertebra or axis. This is similar to the structure already observed in Hryops, and the parts being in place, should explain those of that genus. The portion of the atlas which represents the intercentrum is divided into two lateral portions, each of which has the form of an entire intercentrum, i.e., crescentic. . The intercentrum of a cervical of a large species of this group, is wider than that of the other vertebre, and presents two articular facets anteriorly. Seectfic Characters.—The skull is flat and rather wide, the length ex- ceeding a little the transverse posterior diameter. The posterior borders of the orbits mark a point half way between the extremity of the muzzle, and the posterior supraoccipital border. The orbits themselves are of medium size, and are separated by a space about equal to their transverse diameter. Their form is a wide oval, with the long axis obliquely antero- posterior. The diameter of the external nostril is nearly half that of the ’ orbit, and the form is similar to that of the latter. The interorbital and ethmoid regions are concave ; the prefrontal regions are convex. The su- praoccipital border is strongly concave; and the notch separating the cpiotic angle from the quadrate angle is as deep as the supraoccipital. Tue 19 surface of the cranium is thrown into wrinkles which form no regular pat- tern, and which inosculate to a moderate extent, most so on the preorbital region. ‘The anterior parts of the maxilliary and mandibular bones are marked with small pit-like impressions. Measurements. M. C, Total length to quadrate angles measured on median MDG isie ec edie hoes acedoucs ibiahiaiao regres pieleis sala 170 Length to supraoccipital border......... teodeseeesdg es oLBS Total width posteriorly......... HieesHhls oo ee AGNES, 155 Width at orbits.............. Hipiwalsin ae ds oenaneeuess « 095 “* between orbits........... mile edie vO a a8 ar elele veee 021 © abl DATS ss wedncdes see 2 PATHE TS Fs chsineieonwwe 6 06R ¢ Debween NAres....6. sce eee e cence oe avitawewne 2030 Long diameter of orbits.........6.... 05 6 sh Strccelg late giei -026 Transverse diameter of occipital cotylus ere suderieiecs,. O12 This cranium is much shorter and wider than that of Archegosaurus © decheni, and has the orbits more anteriorly placed. CROSSOPTERYGIA, ECTOSTEORHACHIS Cope, gen. nov. Tribe Crossopterygia ; family. Rhombodipteride Traquair; sub-family Saurodipterint Huxley. Pectoral and ventral fins rather acutely lobate, with few or no radii on their external borders. Dorsal and anal fins uno- known. Scales imbricate, rhombic, smooth. Ganoine wanting from top of head in specimens examined, but present on sides and inferior surfaces. Coronal suture distinct. End of the muzzle covered with separate scales. Distinct sub- and postorbital bones. Gular bones, an anterior azygus and two laterals on each side, the posterior the shorter. Teeth acutely-conic, rather small ; a few large ones at the anterior part of each jaw. Verte- bral centra represented by osseous rings which enclosed a notochord. This new genus is apparently nearly related to Megalichthys, and ina less degree to Osteolepis and Diplopterax. Pander, Miller and others repre- sent the ventral fins of the two genera last named as not lobate, but sessile, a state of things entirely different from what is observed in Ectosteorhachis. The sub-division of the dermal bones of the muzzle is also rather character- istic of Megalichthys. From.the latter genus it differs in the form of the vertebral centra. Both Agassiz and Huxley describe those of Megalichthys as completely ossified, and as biconcave. In Ectosteorhuchis they are repre- sented by annular ossifications resembling somewhat those of the stegoce- phalous genus Cricotus, but with a larger foramen chorde dorsalis. The elongate-lobate axis of the fins of this genus render it probable that those of Megalichthys present the same character. EctosTEORHACHIS NITIDUS Cope, sp. nov. This fish is represented by several specimens, the best preserved of which includes the head and body inclusive of the ventral fins. These form an chtbyolite nearly denuded of matrix, the inferior side being best preserved. 20 No indications of dorsal fin are to be found in the specimen, and those which exist must originate behind a point above the base of the ventral fins. The pectoral fins originate further behind the head than is usual. The ventrals are well posterior, and close together. The skull is transversely fractured at the coronal suture, as I suppose it to be, which divides the front, just anterior to the point of attachment of the hyomandibular bone. At the antero external angles of the parietals, are distinct post-frontal bones of a sub-triangular form, which send a process posteriorly from their external angle. The hyomandibular presents a nar- row convex external edge, and is directed backwards and downwards. It leaves a wide space posterior to the postorbital bones. Of the latter there are two, the inferior connected with the front of the orbit by a single wide, suborbital bone. The orbits are as much lateral as vertical, and are in front of a transverse line dividing the skull equally. The muzzle is broadly rounded, and is covered with rounded plates of ganoine. Several of these have median perforations. The opercular apparatus is obscured by matrix in the specimens ; a small bone lies on the inferior part of the sus- pensorium on both sides, and may be the preoperculum. The top of the head behind the muzzle is entirely without ganoine layer in two speci- mens; its surface is smooth, or weakly finely ridged. On the other hand, the premaxillary, maxillary, mandibular and gular bones are invested with perfectly smooth ganoine. The pectoral fins are quite wide, and their rays diverge exclusively from the inner border, and are very fine. The axial portion is thick and acu- minate, and has no fulcra on the external edge, but is covered with quad- rate and rhomboidal scales, of very much smaller size than those of the body. The axial portion of the ventral fins is not quite so large as that of the pectoral. / The scales of the body are quite large and overlap each other by both the free edges. Though their form is rhombic, the apex is rounded. The surface is gunoid, and entirely smooth. There are five rows between the internal bases of the ventral fins, and twelve between the external bases of the pectorals. The gulars of the posterior pair are about as long as those of the anterior. There are anteriorly one and posteriorly two rows of plates between the anterior gulars and the mandible. This fish was probably three feet in length. Measurements. M. Length of head to base of first distinct lateral body scale (posterior border of skull damaged)...... a ava nialasacess wee 161 Length to base of pectoral fin............ 2 ee eee eee -180 “« (axial) to canthus oris........... cee eee eee eee 077 ‘of skull to coronal SUtULG...... 6... cece eet eee 067 f ef ‘* anterior border of orbit.............. 021 Width He at *¢ * MES <8 eravayetoatas wees 2065 “of front between ‘‘ fe SE) Sha dpayaladaens «2. -036 ae ne at-coronal Sutures ico ses scare ce edege wees -029 21 Measurements. M. Width of skull at canthus oris........... a sie saa sarees vee 145 Length of inferior canine tooth......-...00- eee eve e eee .006 Width between bases of pectorals...........-.0000e eee 092 Length of basal axis of pectoral..... ibe ta id a'e's cis deste -060 a oi s “ ventral...... iaeTeNANS: Vesa HIS ees 035 Width between bases of ventrals............eee eee sees 033 Diameters of exposed parts of an abdom- { fore and aft.. .012 inal scale longitudinal.. .015 The Megalichthys hibberti Ag., which this species resembles in some de- gree, is represented by authors as having the scales minutely granulated on the surface. The ganoine layer also covers the superior surface of the skull, a peculiarity which is not present in the Hetosteorhachis nitidus. 22 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. Figure 1.—Skull of EHryops megacephalus from above, one fifth natural size. Fig. 2.—The same skull, profile. Fig. 3.—The same from below. Fig. 4.—Mandibular ramus from ahove, one-fourth natural size. Fig. 5.—A large part of the vertebral column of a second specimen from the left side, one-fourth natural size. Fig. 5.—The same from below. Fig. 7.—Anterior view of atlas and axis, natural size. Fig. 8.—Posterior view of a dorsal vertebra, natural size. Fig. 9.—Inferior part of scapula with coracoid, of same animal, external side. Fig. 10.—Same, interno-posterior view. | Fig. 11.—Pelvis of the same individual, left side. Fig. 12.—Same, from front. Fig. 13.—Same, from behind. Fig. 14.—Same, from below. Fig. 15.—Femur of same individual, from above. Fig. 16.—Same, from below and behind. Fig. 17.—Proximal end. Fig. 19.—Distal end. 5 Fig. 9.—Inferior view of skull of Hmpedocles molaris, one-half natural size. Fig. 10.—Posterior view of the same skull, half natural size. Fig. 11.—14 bones of Dimetrodon incisivus, one-fourth natural size, from a single individual. Fig. 11.—End of muzzle, left side. Fig. 12.—Lateral view of a large part of the vertebral column. Fig. 13.—Thirteenth vertebra, lacking the summit of the neural spine, from behind. Fig. 14.—Fourteenth vertebra, lacking apex of neural spine, from front. Fig. 15.—Nineteenth vertebra of same skeleton, lacking most of neural spine, from behind, two-thirds natural size. Fig. 16.—Sacrum of same from front, two-thirds natural size. The above figures will appear in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. PUBLISHED, JUNE 5, 1880. ON THE FORAMINA PERFORATING THE POSTERIOR PART OF THE SLAM WINE OF THE AMAL By EB. Dp, COPE, ON THE FORAMINA PERFORATING THE POSTERIOR PART OF THE SQUAMOSAL BONE OF THE MAMMALIA. BY B.D. COPE. The number of perforations of the posterior part of the squamosal bone in the Mammatia is considerable, and they have not attracted that atten- tion from anatomists which their importance deserves. As I have found them to be especially valuable in diagnosis, I have thought it might be useful to place on record the manner of their occurrence in various re- cent genera with whose structure we are more or less familiar in other respects. The one of these foramina of which some notice has been taken, is the postglenoid, which is mentioned by Flower (Osteology of Mammalia) as occurring in the dog and bear, and as absent in the cat. I find five other foramina which usually form the outlets of canals which are connected with the lateral venous sinus. The principal canal extends from the post- glenoid foramen upwards and backwards between the os petrosum and the squamosal, and enters the cranial cavity at the superior border of the for- mer. Ata point in the parietal bone, often on or very near the squamoso- parietal suture, it issues on the surface again, in the foramen which may be called the postparietal. A branch of the canal may take a posterior direc- tion and issue on the occipital face of the skull in the suture between the ossa petrosum and evoccipitale, forming the mastoid foramen. Or a pos- terior branch may issue in the posterior part of the squamosal bone in a lateral foramen, the postsquamosal. In certain Mammals a large foramen perforates the base of the zygomatic process of the squamosal from above, entering the canal after a short course of its own; this I call the supra- glenoid foramen. Still another inlet to the canal is found in some Mam. mals, perforating the squamosal below the crest which connects the zygoma with the inion, occupying a position posterior and exterior to the post- glenoid, and generally looking more downwards than outwards. I call this the sudsquamosal. These foramina may be arranged in four sets, as follows : I. Looking downwards ; Posiglenoid. Subsquamosal. II. Looking outwards ; Postsquamosal. ‘Postparietal. III. Looking upwards ; Supraglenoid. IV. Looking backwards ; Mastoid. 9 _ Some foramina of the same region are not necessarily connected with the sinus lateralis. WHyrtl, in his essay* on the arterial system of the Edentata, shows that a foramen near to the postsquamosal of the Tamandua tetradactyla, gives passage to an ‘‘arteria diploética,’’ which is formed by the junction of the occipital branch of the carotid with an ascending branch of the temporo-mawillaris division of the carotid. The a. diploética issues in a foramen which perforates the parietal bone on the orbital border. These two foramina may be called the f. diploéticum posterior and f. d. anterior, respectively. The former ‘enters from the fundus of the same small fossa, which is also perforated in its superior portion by the f. postsquamosute, the canal from the latter foramen taking the usual vertical direction. Still another foramen ex'sts, which is, so far as my present knowledge goes, confined to the Monotremata and Marsupialia. It enters the posteri- or base of the zygomatic portion of the squamosal, and is directed forwards. In Tachyglossus it passes through the base of the zygoma, issuing in the base of the zygomatic fossa. In the Marsupiulia it enters a fossa of the squamosal bone, which may or may not be partially filled with cancellous tissue. I call this the foramen postzygomaticum. I now give the results of my observations on the crania of the most im- portant genera which I -have observed, one hundred and sixteen in number.+ MonoTREMATA. i) Tachyglossus. The only foramina are the f.f. diploética anterior and pos- terion, and the posteygomaticum. The anterior half of the canal connect- ing the former two has no external wall. Ornithorhynchus. Postzygomatic large and passing through the ZY g0- ma; postsquamosal large ; no other foramina. MARSUPIALIA. The types of this order generally have the postglenoid, and hardly ever have the supraglenoid or postparietal. They are generally distinguished by the presence of the subsquaniosal, but in Hypsiprymnus and Macropus this foramen becomes the postsquamosal, through the failure of the post- zygomatic crest. It need not be confounded with another foramen also found in these genera, which enters above the meatus auditorius externus, and communicates with the tympanic chamber, and which I call the su- pratympanic foramen. The subsquamosal enters the sinous canal, and in Phascolarctos, where the postglenoid is wanting, constitutes its only exter- nal outlet. The order is further characterized by the presence of the post- zygomatic foramen. Phascolomys ; postzygomatic chamber enormous, extending above mea- * Denkschriften Wiener Akademie, 1854, T. ILI, pl. 1. + Most of these are preserved in my private collection ; for afew Iam indebted to the Museuin of the Philadelphia Academy. 3 tus. No foramina below, except supratympanic ; ae a& supraglenoid and one or two postglenoids. Phascotaretos ; subsquamosal and postzygomatic only : ‘the latter com- municating with an empty chamber. ‘ Mucropus and Hypsiprymnus ; postglenoid, postzygomatic, supratym- panic and postsquamosal ; the second communicating with a chamber filled with cancelli. Fig. 1.—Skull of opossum (Didelphys virginiana) atural size, posterior view, parts of the right mastoid and squiamosal bones removed. M, mastoid fora- ‘inen; SBS, subsquamosal; PG, postglenoid; PZ, postzygomatic foramen, Didelphys ; postglenoid, postzygomatic, ee and mastoid ; postzy gomatic small. Dasyurus ; postglenoid, subsquamosal and probrbly mastoid. I cannot find a postzy gomatic. Phalangista ; postsquamosal and postparictal ilps no postzygomatic nor supratympanic. EDENTATA. Tamandua ; F. f. diploética anterior and posterior, and postsquamosal only. i Dasypus (6-cinctus); postelenoid (large), postsquamosal], mastoid, several postparietals, and a small subsquamosal. ; Chlamydophorus ; a postglenoid only. Manis ; postzygomatic only. : Megalonyx ; postsquamosal and supratympanic ; a closed fissure at posi- tion of postglenoid. A Jarge foramen below the usual position of mastoid. Bradypus and Cholepus ; no foramina. 4 RoOvENTIA. In this order, so far as yet observed, the supraglenoid and postparictal foramina are never present, while the mastoid is rarely, and the sub- squamosal ig generally, represented. The ridge connecting the zygoma with the inion being weak, the difference between this foramen and the postsquamosal is less marked in this order than in the Marsupialia. It is, however, always on the inferior border of the squamosal bone. Lepus and Lagomys ; no foramina. Lagidium ; no foramina. Cercolabes ; no foramina. Lagostomus, Geomys and Erithizon ; an enormous postglenoid w ithout internal canal. Capromys, Calogenys, Sciurus, Haplodontia, Hesnoscinys, Mus ; post- glenoid and postsquamosal only. Hystriz, Hydrocherus, Neotomu and Arvicola ; postglenoid and post- squamosal foramina confluent ; no others. Castor, Cynomys and Spermophilus ; postglenoid, postsquemosal and mastoid. : INSECTIVORA. The foramina are very much as in the Rodentia in the smaller forms, and as in the Carnivora in the larger. Blarina, Condylura and Scalops ; postsquamosal only. Erinaceus ; postglenoid and postsquamosal only. Mystomys the same, according to Allman’s figures. Centetes ; postglenoid, postparietal and mastoid. Solenodon (from Peters’ figures) ; postglenoid and postparietal. CHIROPTERA. In some members of this order the foramina are, as in many Carnivora, limited to the postglenoid and postparietal. Scotophilus (fuscus),; postglenoid, postparicta]l and mastoid. Pteropus ; postglenoid, subsquamosal and postsquamosal. CARNIVORA. In this order the foramina are few in number, and are very well defined. None of them possess more than three, while the specialized forms, both terrestrial and aquatic, do not possess them. Trichecus and Arctocephalus ; no foramina. Phoca ; a rudimental postglenoid. Ursus, Arctotherium and Hyenodon, postglenoid, mastoid and post- parietal. 5 En ydrocyon and LTemnocyon ; postglenoid and postparietal only. FIG, 2.—-Temmocyon corypheus Cope, Lower Miocene of Oregon; one-half natu- ral size. PP, postparietal foramen, Archelurus, Dinictis, Pogonodon, Hoplophoneus and Macherodus (cere- bratis) ; postglenoid and postparictal only. ‘ Procyon, Nasua and Eassaris ; postglenoid only. Canis, Vulpes and Urocyon ; postglenoid only. Viverra, Mustela, Putorius and Mephitis ; postglenoid only. Felis (domestica) ; sometimes a minute postglenoid only; sometimes none. Hyena, Uncia, Cynelurus ; no foramina. PROSIMLAS. Lemur, Chirogaleus and Turstus ; a postglenoid only. QUADRUMANA. Hapale ; postglenoid and postsquamosal. Cebus ; postglenoid and postparietal. The latter is on the suture of the parietal and squamosal bones ; in Hapale penicillata it is entirely within the squamosal bones. Ateles, Callithrix, Mycetes, Semnopithecus and Cynocephalus ; no for- amina. Macacus ; a small postglenoid. Troglodytes niger, gorilla ; a closed fissure, but no foramen postglenoid- eun. — Homo ; no foramina in sixteen North American Indians examined of the Klamath, Bannock, Crow, Sioux and Cheyenne tribes. One postglenoid on one side in a South Australian. One or two mastoids are more usual, be- ing found in a good many specimens of all races. They are rarest in Hot- tentot negroes. CETACEA. Balena, Beluga and Monodon ; no foramina. SIRENIA. Halicore and Manatus ; a huge mastoid only. HyYRACOIDEA. Hyraz ; no foramina. PROBOSCIDIA. Elephas ; no foramina. PERISSODACTYLA. In this order the number of the foramina ranges from very few to many. Fra. 3.—A phelops meqalodus Cope, Loup Fork of Colorado; one-sixth natural size; showing postparietal foramen. Rhinocerus, Aphelops ; postparietal only. Fic. 4. ° 3 Fie. 5. skulls of Aphelops megalodus (Fig. 4) and A, fossiger (Fig. 5) from behind; one- sixth natural size; showing absence of mastoid foramen. Tapirus ; postparietal and a huge mastoid. Anchitherium, Hippotheriwm, Protohippus and Equus; postparietal, postsquamosa], postglenoid and supraglenoid. In the last three genera the vessel issuing from the postsquamosal, grooves the petrous bone, leav- ing it ata point near that usually occupied by the mastoid foramen, In the second and last genera, and probably in the third, the sinous canal is protected by a bony crest in front, throughout its entire length. ub ARTIODACTYLA. Great diversities are found in this order, especially between the suilline and ruminant divisions. In the former, with the exception of the Hippo- potamide, there are no foramina; in the Ruminuntia they are more nu- merous than in any other order cf the class. The Ruminantia are, like the equine Perissodactyla, characterized by the presence of the supraglenoid foramen ; to this the Camelidew and, some others add the mastoid. The Tragulina must be excepted from this rule, for they have nothing but the postglenoid. Omnivora. Sus, Dicotyles and Phacocherus ; no foramina. : Hippopotamus and Cheropsis; postglenoid, postsquamosal, mastoid . and a rudimental supraglenoid. Ruminantia. Tragulus ; postglenoid only. Oreodon ; postparietal and mastoid. In one specimen of 0. culbertsont from Colorado, I find a minute supraglenoid on each side ; in other speci- mens it is wanting. : : Poébrotherium, postparietal, postg:cndid ; mastoid ; a small supraglen- oid. Fra. 6.—Skull of Procamelus occidentalis Teidy, Loup Fork of New Mexico; one-fourth natural size; showing supraglenoid foramen, SPG. Procamelus, Camelus, Auchenia ; postglenoid, supraglenoid and mastoid. Bos ; postglenoid and supraglenoid only. Antilocapra ; postparietal, postglenoid, mastoid, and a large supraglen- oid. ; Giraffa ; pos'glenoid, supraglenéid, postsquamosal and mastoid. Oreas, Ovis, Cervus; postglenoid, supraglenoid, postsqnamosal, postpa- rietal and mastoid. From the preceding the following conclusions may be derived : (1) The sinous foramina furnish valuable diagnostic characters, and may, with proper limitation, be used in systematic definition, (2) The primitive condition of the various maminalian orders appears to have been the possession of a limited number of these foramina. i 8 (8) The monotreme-marsupial linc have developed a number of turamina in their own special way. (4) The Rodentia have chiefly developed those of the inferior part of the squamosal bone, if any. (5) The Carnivora commenced with but few foramina, and have obliter- ated these on attaining their highest development. (6) The history of the Quadrumana is identical with that of the Car- nivora. (7) The Perissodactyla present very few foramina in the lowest forms, “and did not increase them in the line of the Rhkinoceride. In the line of the horses an increase in their number appeared early in. geologic time, and is fully maintained in the existing species. (8) In the Omnivorous division of the Artéodactyla, time has obliterated all the sinous foramina. In the Camels an increased number was apparent at the same geologic period as in the history of the horses (White River or Lowest Miocene), and has been maintained ever since ; while the existing Pecora present a larger number of the foramina than any of the class of Mummatia. The only relation between these structures and the habits of the species concerned that can now be traced is, that the largest number of the foram- ina is found in the specialized vegetable feeders, while the smallest num- ber is found in omnivorous forms. : I now give a synopsis of the distribution of the sinous foramina accord- ing to the foramina themselves. The f. f. déploética, posteygomatica and supratympanicum are not included, as their existence is restricted to the few types already mentioned. I. No foramina. Homo, Troglodytes, Cynocephalus, Semnopithecus, Mycetes, Cal- lithria, Ateles. Uncia, Hyena, Arctocephalus, Trichecus. Elephas, Hyraz ; Sus, Phacocherus, Dicotyles. Lepus, Lugidium, Cercolabes. Cholepus, Bradypus. IL. Postglenoid only. a. Rudimental. Felis ; Phoca. aa. Developed. Chlamydophorus. Lemur, Chirogaleus, Tarsius ¢ Macacus. Mustela, Putorius, Mephitis ; Canis. Vulpes, Urocyon, Viverra. Procyon, Nasua, Bassaris. Tragulus. gaa. Knormous. Lagostomus and Geomys. Ill. IV. YI. VIL. VIII. IX. 7 Othe NI. XIT. XIII. Od XVIII. Subsquamosal only. Phascoluretos. Postsquamosal only. Ornithorhyncus, Tamandua, Blurina, Condylura, Scalops. . Postparietal only. Rhinocerus, Aphelops. Mastoid only. Hulicore, Manatus. Postglenoid and subsquamosal only.. / Hystriz, Hydrocharus, Capromys, Calogenys, Sciurus, Haplo- dontia, Neotoma, Hesperomys, Mus, Arvicola. Postglenoid and postsquamosal only. Hrinaceus. Macropus, Hypsiprymnus. Hapate. Postglenoid and postparietal. Chiroptera sp. Temnocyon, Enhydrocyon ; Archelurus, Dinictis, Pogonodon, Hoplophoneus, Macherodus. Cebus. ; : . Mastoid and postparietal. Mastoid small. Oreodon. Mastoid enormous. Tapirus. ; Mastoid, postglenoid and postsquamosal. Castor, Cynomys, Spermophilus. Mastoid, postglenoid and subsquamosal. Dasyurus, Didelphys. Mastoid, postglenoid and postparietal. Scotophilus ( fuseus). Centetes. Hyenodon, Ursus, Arctotherium ; . Supraglenoid and postsquamosal only. Phascolomys. Vy. Supraglenoid and postglenoid only. Bos. . Supraglenoid, postglenoid and mastoid. Procamelus, Cumelus, Auchenia. . Supraglenoid, postglenoid, mastoid, postparietal. « . Supraglenoid small. Potbrotherium. Supraglenoid large. Antilocapra. Supraglenoid, postglenoid, mastoid and postsquamosal. . Supraglenoid small. Hippopotamus, Cheropsis. . 10 aa. Supraglenoid large. Giraffa. XIX. Supraglenoid, postglenoid, postparietal and postsquamosal. . Supraglenoid small; mastoid not grooved. Anchitherium. 3. Supraglenoid large, mastoid grooved. Mippotherium, Protohippus, Hquwus. XX. Supraglenoid, postglenoid, postparietal, postsquamosal and mastoid. Cervus, Oreas, Ovis. & PusiisHeD Marc# 6, 1880. 908 General Notes. [ December, (From the American Naturalist, December, 1880.) Tue NorTHERN WaSATCH Fauna.—The following species have been received from Mr. Wortman from the beds of the Wind River group, subsequent to the publication of my last notice of his discoveries :! (1) Esthonyx spatularius, sp. nov. Represented by five molar and premolar, and two incisor or canine teeth, appar- ently belonging to one individual. These are about the size of those of £. dtsutcatus, but present several differences of detail. Thus the basin of the heel of the last inferior molar is not obliquely cut off by a crest which extends forwards from the heel, but is surround- ed by an elevated border, which rises into a cusp on the external side. The incisor-canine teeth are more robust than those of E. bisulcatus, one of them especially having a spoon-shaped crown, with the concave side divided by a longitudinal rib, on which the enamel is very thin. The enamel descends much further down on ‘the external than the internal side of these teeth. The rodent- like tooth does not accompany the specimen. Length of base of last inferior molar, .00g; width anteriorly, .005; length of crown of canine-incisor No. 1, .009; width of do. at base, .005; length of crown of second canine-incisor at base, .o12; width of do., .006. (2) Didymictis leptomylus; represented by the posterior three in- ferior molars. These indicate a species of smaller size than the D. protenus, with the tubercular molar relatively narrower, and perhaps longer. The anterior part of the latter has the three cusps well defined and close together, and behind them is an ob- lique longitudinal cutting edge. The middle of the posterior margin rises into a tubercle. The anterior cusps of the tubercular sectorial are elevated; the heel has a strong external cutting edge and internal ledge. Length of tubercular sectorial, .009; width of do., .005; length of tubercular, .007; width of do. in -front, 0035. (3) Hyopsodus speirianus, sp.nov. Founded on a portion of a mandibular ramus supporting the last three molars in perfect preservation. It is distinguished by its very small size, since it is considerably less than the H. vicarius (H.? minusculus ), and by the equality in size of the molars. The heel of the third molar is very small, and the two cones of the inner side of the crowns of all the molars are acute. The external crescents are very well de- fined; the anterior sending a horn round the anterior extremity of the crown. The posterior is connected with the corresponding internal tubercle by a median conic posterior tubercle. Length of true molar series, 008; length of second molar, .0026; width of do., .0022; length of last true molar,.0025; width of do., .oo16. Depth of ramus at second molar, .0043. Dedicated to my friend, Mr. Francis Speir, of Princeton, N. J., who, in connection with 1 NATURALIST, Oct. (Sept.), 1880, p. 745. 1880. | Geology and Paleontology. 909 Messrs. Scott and Osborne, has made important additions to our knowledge of the Eocene Vertebrata—E. D. Cope. GroLocicaL News.—Mr. Hébert has recently published in the Comptes Rendus an account of the geology of the British Chan- nel. The last number of the Palzontographica contains two important memoirs: Roémer on a Carbonaceous chalk formation of the West Coast of Sumatra; and Branco on the development, of the extinct Cephalopoda. M. Filhol having finished his work on the extinct Vertebrata of San Gerand le Puy, is about to pub- lish one on those discovered at Ronzon. The Powell Survey has just published Capt. Dutton’s report on the Centrai Plateaus of the Colorado drainage. Published December 9, 1880. 162 General Notes, [February, (from the American Naturalist, February, 1881.) CATALOGUE OF VERTEBRATA OF THE PERMIAN FORMATION OF THE me Unirep STATEs. PISCES. CROSSOPTERYGIA, ECTOSTEORHACHIS Cope; Pal. Bull., No. 32, 1880, p. 19. 1. £. nitidus Cope; 1. c. Texas. DIPNOI. CTENODUus Agass. 2. C. fossatus Cope; Proc. Amer, Phil. Soc. 1877, p, 54. Eastern Illinois. 3. C. gurleianus Cope; |. c., p. 55. Eastern Illinois. 4. C. periprion Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 527. Texas. 5. C. porrectus Cope; l.c. Texas. 6. C. dialophus Cope; 1. c. p. 528. Texas, 7. C. pusillus Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1877, p. 191. Eastern Illinois. Pryonopus Cope; Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1877, p. 192. 8. P. vinslovit Cope; Proc. Acad. Philada. 1876, p. 410. Eastern Illinois. g. P. paucicristatus Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 54. Eastern Illinois 1881.] Geology and Paleontology. 163 ; SELACHII,. JANASSA Miinst. 10. F. gurlecana Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 191. Eastern Illinois. Il. F. strigilina Cope; S. lingueformis Cope; |. c. p. 53, not of older authors. Eastern Illinois, 7 12. F. ordiana Cope; Texas. DipLopus Agass. 13. D. ? compressus Newb. Eastern Illinois. 14. D. sp. Texas. ORTHACANTHUs Agass, 15. O. gracilis Newberry. Eastern Illinois. 16. O. guadriseriatus Cope; 1. c. p. 192. Eastern Illinois. BATRACHIA, STEGOCEPHALI. GANOCEPHALA Owen, Cope (emend.) Amer. Natur. 1880, p. 60. Eryoprs Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 188. 17. £. megacephalus Cope; l.c. Texas. TRIMERORHACHIS Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 524. 18. Z. insignis Cope; 1.c. Texas. ZATRACHYS Cope; l. c. p. 523. 19. Z. serratus Cope; 1.c. Texas. PaRIOxys Cope; I. c. p. 521. 20. P. ferricolus Cope; l.c. Texas. . : PANTYJ.Us Cope; Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 1881 (80). 21. P. cordatus Cope; l.c. Texas. EMBOLOMERA Cope, American Naturalist, 1880, p. 510. Cricotus Cope; Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1876, p. 405. 22. C. gibsoni Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 185. Eastern Illinois. 23. C. heteroclitus Cope; Proc. Acad, Philada. 1876, p. 405. Eastern Illinois; Texas. : _REPTILIA. THEROMORPHA Cope; American Naturalist, 1878, p. 829. PELYCOSAURIA Cope; l.c. Diplocaulide. DrpLocauLus Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 187. 24. D. salamandroides Cope; 1. c. Eastern Illinois. Clepsydropide. PaRIOTICHUS Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 508. 25. P. brachyops Cope; l.c. Texas. EcTocyNnopon Cope; l.c. 26. £. ordinatus Cope; 1.c. Texas. ARCH OBELUS Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 192. 27. A. vellicatus Cope; 1. c. Eastern Illinois. L EPSYDROPS Cope; Proc. Acad. Philada. 1876, p. 404. 28. C. collettii Cope; 1. c. p. 407. Eastern Illinois. 29. C. vinslovii Cope; Proc, Amer. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 62. Eastern Illinois. 30. C. pedunculatus Cope; 1. c. p. 63. Eastern Illinois. 31. C. natalis Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 509. Texas. DIMETRODON Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 512. 32. D. incisivus Cope; l.c. Texas. 33. D. rectiformis Cope; 1. c. p. 514. Texas. 34. D. biradicatus Cope; Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terrs, 1880 (81). 38. D. gigas Cope; l.c. p. 515. Texas. : 36. D. cruciger Cope; Amer. Natur, 1878, p. 830. Texas. THEROPLEURA Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 519. 37. I. retroversa Cope; 1.c. Texas. ‘38. 7. uniformis Cope; 1,c. Texas. 164 General Notes. [February, 39. 7. triangulata Cope; |. c. p. 520. Texas. 40. T. obtusidens Cope; Pal. Bull. No. 32, 1880, p. 4. Texas. METARMOSAURUS Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 516. 41. MZ, fossatus Cope; l.c. Texas, EMBOLOPHORUS Cope; 1. c. p. 518. 42. £. fritillus Cope; 1.c. Texas. LysoropHus Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 187. 43. L. tricarinatus Cope; 1. c. . Eastern Illinois. Bolosauride. BoLosaurus Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 506. 44. B. striatus Cope; l.c. Texas. Diadectide Cope; Pal. Bull. No. 32, 1880, p. 8. DIADECTES Cope; Proc. Amer. Fhil. Soc. 1878, p. 505. 45. D. sideropelicus Cope; 1. c. Texas. 46. D, phaseolinus Cope; Pal. Bull. No. 32, 1880, p.9. Texas. EMPEDOCLES Cope; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1878, p. 516. 47. £. alatus Cope; l.c. Texas. 48. LE. latibuccatus Cope; 1. c. Texas. 49. E. molaris Cope; Pal. Bull. No. 32, 1880, p. 10. Texas. HELODECTES Cope; Pal. Bull. 11, No. 32, p. II. 50. 7. paridens Cope; 1. c. Texas. 51. A. tsaact Cope; l.c. p. 12. Texas. SYNOPSIS. BISCES vase sdaciietinosalay aieevigcacamowalse dopetainaisacns 15 Crossopterygid.....e- siaigvodauscetescte dele aiseie satin I Dipnot.....0. i a alalavenselsamansvayalelale'a eles deiere:s ese 8 Selachid ......c000s ieee cos Seow io Sale oniwets 7 BATRACHUIA SS sieisus.c:s. 3 scparcacaiansio hee as Sie SLAG RAT OES 7 SHEZOCEPAGM wena viene ssevensnweneceedis sees 7 Ganocephala..... ior foviandeetecataevevay are: wiouhvoneusieus 5 Embolomera..ccccecees vee sidigiewatealegiaeae 1 2 REPTINIA: Gosek ccioanetgekiees iasnnsahaaraabeiets 28 Theromorpha.. cee as emayeisaare ee ea yoieune eerdeire 28 PelyCoSQurvia..seres WRB Vat ease dey 28 Total number of species. ...... 2... eee cee ees eeeeee I —E. D. Cope Published February 1, 1881. THE Systematie Arrangement OF THE ORDER PERISSODACTYLA, WITH A NOTE ON THE - STRUCTURE OF THE FOOT OF TOXODON. BY E. D. COPE. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 15, 1881.) 1881.] 377 (Cone, The Systematic Arrangement of the Order Perissodactyla. By H. D. Cope. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, Aprit 15, 1881.) PERISSODACTYLA. This, the second great order of the ungulate Mammalia, naturally occu- pies a position between the Ambdblypoda and the Artiodactyla. Its lower forms are more specialized in the structure of the feet than the Amblypoda, while its highest types do not reach the perfection of structure seen in the Artiodactyla. This is particularly indicated by the form of the astragalus, which has but one, the tibial trochlea, and never displays the distal one characteristic of the cloven-footed families. The Perissodactyla occupy, as regards their dentition, a position parallel with the Artiodactyla. They are always superior in dental complication to the Proboscidia and the suil- line Artiodactyla, but only one series, that of the horses, reaches the com- Cope.] 378 [April 15, plexity of molars general in the Ruminantia. The dentition of the mass of the Pertssodactyla might be described as intermediate between that of the Proboscidia and the lowest selenodont Artiodactyla. The families of this order form a closely connected series, and the divi- sion of them into three divisions, the ‘‘Pachydermata,”’ ‘‘Solipeda’’ and Perissodactyta, has no warrant in nature. Especially unnatural is the con- junction of the genera included under the first name, with the Proboscidia and certain suilline Avrtéodactyla, in a single order, as was proposed by Cuvier. The modifications of dentition from the simple type seen in Menodus, to the most complex, as in Hguus, are close and consecutive. So, also, the gradual diminution in the number of digits from 5-4 to 1-1 can be traced through all the intervening stages. The following definitions of families are applicable in the present stage of knowledge. Those of all but three were published in the Bulletin of the U. S. Geological Survey of the Territories, 1879, p. 228. A modifi- cation in the diagnoses of the families Chalicothertide and Paleothertide is how introduced : I. Anterior exterior crescent of superior molars shortened, not distin- guished from the posterior by external ridge; inferior molars with cross-crests ; premolars different from molars. 1s T0@S:4-8 oo isaeee cen diate oe oe esadaiseveen Eee ees 4 Bares Lophiodontide. 2. Toes 8-8. ........4 ica iivsl aybis pacsestantebssae tiSiecs seve ape Manages 28s Triplopodida. II. Exterior crescents of superior molars as in I; inferior molars with cross-crests ; superior molars and premolars alike, with cross-crests. 8. Mastoid bone forming part of the external wall of the skull.......... Hyracodontide. 4, Mastoid bone excluded from the walls of the skull by the contact of the occipital and squamosal............eeee eens ewees .... Bhinoceride, III. Exterior crescentoid crests of superior molars subequal, distinct ; inferior molars with cross-crests. 5. Superior molars and premolars alike and with cross-crests ; toes 4-3... Tapiride. IV. The external crescentoid crests of the superior molars subequal, separated by an external ridge; inferior molars with crescents. A, Superior premolars different from molars; with only one internal cusp. 6. Toes 4-3; a vertebrarterial canal.................04- Chalicothertida. %. Toes 3-3; no vertebrarterial canal................4. Macrauchentide. AA. Premolars like molars, with two internal lobes above. 8. ‘Toes with digits, 4-8. .ecukisiscsesn ered s svanewwene cee Menodontide. 9. Toes: With digits, 8-9 ssa se sncecGa gees a kates SESE Paleothertide. 10. Toes with digits, 1-1.........0. 0. cece eee eee wig ayereyiuacateacisia Equide. 1881.] 379 ; [Cope. The genera included in these families are the following. The table shows their geological distribution : EOCENE, MIOCENE, Lower| Upper Lower! Middle Upper | PLIOCENE, RECENT, Lophiodontide. Hyracotherium Ow. ..............000: 12 Pliolophus Ow. ......... 0. ccc cece eens 4 ? Lophiotherium Gerv..............0.- Pachynolophus Pom. ..........-....55 3. Helaletes Marsh............ 0.0.0 ce eee Lophiodon Cuv.......... ccc eee ee eee 2{1 Hyrachyus Leidy...-...............4. Colonoceras Marsh................00 Rom COCR wO Triplopida. Triplopus Cope........... eee eee eee 2 Hyracodontida. Hyracodon Leidy. .............000e0es 2 Rhinocerontida. Aceratherium Kaup.................4. 3 Coenopus Cope. ..... se ee eeeeeeee eee 2 Diceratherium Marsh...............45 3 Zalabis COpPesss .ivcaeis cossgionwas geen Aphelops Cope........... cee eeeeeeees Ceratorhinus Gray.......... 0002s eee eee 1 Rhinocerus Linn................-..0.- Peraceras Cope.......-. see eee cee eee Atelodus Pom..............c eee e eee Coelodonta Bronn...............-5.055 Ww we cn) Ce Tapiride. Listriodon Gerv.... ....ceeeeeeeee eee 23 Papirus, DUN. da3¢ ceed sae odors See 4 35 6 Elasmognathus Gill......cseeeeeeeeees eo Chalicothertida. Rhagatherium Pict...........0.2.ee0-- 1 Leurocephalus S. 8. and O.... .....-.. Paleeosyops Leidy..........eeeeee eee 1 Limnohyus Leidy............0-- seco Lambdotherium Cope..........+.+.+5+ 2 Propaleotherium Gerv........-+++-+-- 1 Chalicotherium Kaup. ... Nestoritherium Kaup...........+.+e06- a1 Meniscotherium Cope........+.++-+06 1 WwmrFwwr Macraucheniide. Macrauchenia Ow...... Sa awerienesie 2 PROC, AMER. PHILOS. soc. xrx. 108. 2v. PRINTED May 14, 1881. Cope.] 380 [April 15, | EOCENE. MIOCENE. : g Lower| Upper Lower ‘yiaale Upper! z 3 Menodontide. i Acoéssus Cope........... cece eee eee eee 1 | Diplacodon Marsh.............e00000- 1 Menodus Pom...............e0e senses 2 Symborodon Cope...........-...00005 6 Deeodon Cope ......... 505 cece eee eeee 1 Paleotheriida. Anchilophus Gerv...............0000e 2 Paloplotherium Ow............ 2200. 6 Paleotherium Cuv............-..200eee 3 Mesohippus Marsh..................65. 2 Anchitherium Kaup.............20.005 2) 4 Anchippus Leidy.............0.0.ee eee 1] 1 Hippotherium Kaup.............-..4. ; 8; 1 Protohippus Leidy .................005 | 5/ 1 Equide. Hippidium Owen.................0005 : 2| 3 HQUUS Linn,» ccees cee cwes ence ess y 5! 7 Total number of well determined species, one hundred and eighty-nine. From the preceding table it can be readily seen that this order was abundantly represented during the Eocene period, and that the recent species are comparatively few. It may also be observed that certain fami- lies predominated during certain periods. Thus the prevalent Perissodac- tyla of the Eocene are Lophiodontide and Chalicothertide ; those of the Miocene are Rhinocerontide and Paleotheriide. The Tapiride and Equide characterize the latest tertiary epochs. A genealogical tree of the order may be constructed as follows : Equide. Rhinoceride. Paleotheriide. : ae eos Hyracodontide. Tapiride. 4 : Triplopide. Menodontide. ie \ rd Lophiodontide. Chalicotheriide. Sy wo Hyracotheriine. The types of the Lophiodontide and Chalicothertide differ only in the two 1881.] 381 Cope. points of the separation, or non-separation, of the exterior crescents of the superior molars, as already pointed out. That no great modification of known forms (as Lambdotherium in the Chalicotheriida, and Hyracotherium in the Lophiodontide) would be necessary to obliterate this difference, is quite clear. The parent types of the order, which present the most generalized dentition, Hyracotherium, Rhagatherium, and Acoéssus, were cotemporaries of the Lower Eocene epoch. LOPHIODONTID &. This family embraces a larger number of known species than apy of the others of the order. With one exception, all the species belong to the Eocene period. They range from the size of a rabbit to that of an ox. They resembled most, among living animals, the tapirs. The genera are characterized as follows :— I. External lobes of superior molars well separated and little flat- tened ; lobes of inferior molars scarcely united (Hyracotheriing). A, No diastema behind first premolar. a, Third and fourth inferior premolar like the first true molar. Last inferior molar with five lobes....... siete viele e¥ .-.- Lophiothertum. AA, A diastema behind the first premolar in both jaws. a, Last inferior premolar different from first true molar ; Last inferior molar with heel ; cross-crests of superior molars interrupted ; Hyracotherium. aa. Last inferior premolar like first true molar ; True molars asin Hyracotheriwm....... SAwRINR EEG CEVA a8 4 ofele Pliolophus. II. External lobes of superior molars flat, not well distinguished. (Lophiodontine.) “<4, No diastema in lower jaw. Last inferior molar with third lobe........... asracpeeiates esses Helaletes.”’ AA, Lower jaw with diastema. * No diastema behind first premolar. a. No inferior premolars like the true molars. Superior molars 7. Last inferior molar with heel ............. dawBeerewees Bo Pachynolophus. Superior molars 6 ; Last inferior molar with heel..........-..-- ceceeerseveee. + Lophtodon. Last lower molar without heels, no horns ..... siehaianseaedamstcis Hyrachyus. Last lower molar?; ‘‘an attachment for a dermal horn on each nasal pone’’........065 Disielente Wea da » aleneweate 1 eSenges's Seamee casks Colonoceras. The geographical range of these genera is as follows :— North America only........ emg sameshses ....... Helaletes, Colenoceras. Cope.] 3882 {April 15, North America and Europe; Pachynolophus, Hyrachyus, Hyracothe- rium, Pliolophus. Europe only ; Lophivdon, Lo- phiothertum. Four of the genera ascribed to North America have come un- der my observation. TRIPLOPID 2. Cope, American Naturalist, 1881, April (March 25th), p. 340. But one genus of this family is known at present, but the irekae number will probably be in- Fig. I. Part of lett maxillary bone of creased when the structure of ee ola aingularis Cope; from the the feet of various imperfectly Wasatch beds of New Mexico, from Capt. ’ Wheeler’s report iv ii pl. xvi. known species is ascertained. TRIPLOPUS Cope. American Naturalist, 1880, p. 383 (April 27th). Dental formula, I. ?; C.+; P-m.; 4; M. #; a considerable diastema anterior to the first premolar. Molars with only two vertical external ridges, the anterior cingular and the approximated median of the anterior crescent. Transverse crests two, uninterrupted and rather oblique; a ? third and short crest, on the posterior base of the first true molar. Pre- molars different from molars, the third and fourth with two transverse crests. Inferior molars with two transverse crests, as in Lophiodon, the last without heel. An ossified inferior wall of the meatus auditorius externus. Posttym- panic and paroccipital processes distinct form each other. No postorbital arch. Postparietal and mastoid foramina preserved; the latter large. Cervical vertebree rather long; axis with subcylindric odontoid process. Scapula with small coronoid process. Great tuberosity of humerus long, curved. No trochlear crest on condyles of humerus ; epicondyles rudi- mental. Ulna and radius distinct throughout their length ; ulnar articula- tion with carpus, small. Trapezoid bone of carpus with a facet for the trapezium. Unciform with two inferior facets. Metacarpals three principal ones, and one, the fifth, rudimental ; the distal extremities of the second and fifth opposite ; the third a little longer. The dentition of this genus is nearly that of Hyrachyus. The only ex- ception is the possible third transverse crest of the first true molars*. The other portions of the skeleton known, are also much like those of Hyrachyus, with the exception of the number of digits of the anterior foot. The entirely rudimental character of the fifth metacarpal, which with its *This point is further considered in the description of ‘the species. 1881.] : 383 | Cope. digit, is so well developed in Hyrachyus, places Triplopus in another family, and in another line of descent. I think that it must be regarded as one of the forms of the series connecting the tapirs with the rhinoceroses. The fourth digit (the fifth) was retained by the earliest type of rhinoceros in Europe, the genus Aceratherium, but in America it appears to have been lost earlier. None of the American rhinoceroses of the Lower Miocene of the genus Canopus Cope present it, and in the present genus we have an ancestral type of the Eocene period, in which the last digit is already lost. The premolars of different structure from the true molars, exclude this genus from the Rhinocerontida, and with the character of the feet place it between that family and the Lophiodontida. As yet, but one species of Triplopus is certainly known, but a second is placed in it provisionally. TRIPLOPUS CUBITALIS Cope. American Naturalist, 1880, p. 383. This species is represented by a nearly entire skull with lower jaw ; most of the cervical vertebre ; a left anterior limb nearly complete; a part of the left scapula, and a part of the right anterior limb ; all belong- ing to one animal. The specimen was not quite adult, as the last superior molar is just protruding its crown through the maxillary wall, and the last two superior milk premolars still remain in place, much worn and closely pressed by the overlying successional teeth. The cranium is peculiar in its wide orbital region, and short compressed muzzle ; the latter is damaged in the specimen so that the form of the nasal bones cannot be determined, except at their proximal portions. The interorbital space is plane in both directions, and rises very gently posteriorly. The sagittal crest is narrow and low, until above the meatus auditorius, where it rises. Above the posttympanic process it bifurcates, and each rounded lateral lobe extends posteriorly to a point above the occipital condyles. Viewed from above the head is wide between the zygomatic fosse, and at the posterior premaxillary teeth. The top of the muzzle narrows rapidly above the latter, but does not contract below until the first premolar is reached. The zygomatic arch is not convex along its middle, and encloses a narrow fossa. The superciliary border is prominent, and nearly straight, and is bounded by a notch behind. The squamoso- occipital ridge is well marked. The posttympanic process is shorter than the paroccipital, and is separated from it by an open shallow groove, which is probably bottomed by the mastoid bone. The paroccipital pro- cess is much narrowed below and is turned a little outwards. There are two closely adjacent tubercles on the anterior border of the orbit, probably on the lachrymal bone. Foramina. Only a few of these are well preserved ; among the lost is the f. infraorbitale. There are two postparietal foramina on one side, and one on the other, above the point of origin of the zygomatic process of the squamosa} bone; and one in the usual posterior position. The post- squamosal has the same anterior position as the anterior postparietals, Cope.] 384 (April 15, being immediately below them; I cannot discover whether there is a posterior one or not owing to injuries to the specimen. There is apparently a fissure-like one on the parieto-squamosal suture posteriorly. The mastoid is quite large, expanding downwards and outwards ; it is not so large as in a tapir, but much exceeds that in Hyrachyus eximius. The meatus au- ditorius eaternus is large, and occupies only the posterior part of the space between the postglenoid and posttympanic processes. It is enclosed an- teriorly and below by the border of a wide element which may be tympanic. It encloses the petrous bone below in a bulla; as however the inner por- tion of the best preserved one is broken away, I cannot speak of its rela- tions to the basioccipital bone. The foramen lacerum postertus is reduced to a jugular and perhaps another connected foramen by the close apposition of the petrous bone to the basioccipital for a considerable distance. The region of the f. J. medius is injured. Posterior to the f. l. posterius is a foramen opposite the base of the paroccipital process, anterior to the usual position of the f. condylowdeum. Mandible. The angle of the lower jaw is produced posteriorly, as in some species of Hyrachyus: cfr. figs. Vol. IV, U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terrs. The coro- noid process is long and is curved backwards to above the posterior border of the condyle. There is no tuberosity behind the condyle. The symphysis is quite contracted and is short. The mental foramen is below the middle of the inferior diastema. The ramus is compressed and at the same time strong. Dentition. As the deciduous third and fourth premolar teeth, in a worn condition, remained in the maxillary bone, I removed them from one side, thus displaying the crowns of the corresponding permanent teeth. The first premolar may belong to the permanent dentition; the second is the deciduous. The former has two roots. The crown is cutting for a short distance anteriorly, but posteriorly it expands into a heel, much less de- veloped than the internal lobe of the succeeding teeth. The crowns of the third and fourth premolars differ externally, as well as in their crests, from those of the true molars. The median-anterior and cingular vertical ridges are not so prominent as in the latter. The external crest is not divided into two by the notch in its grinding face. The anterior cross-crest, at its inner or distal extremity, is turned shortly backwards and then inwards, giving a “‘pot-hook”’ outline to its triturating surface. The fourth de- ciduous premolar presents a peculiar character already ascribed to the first true molar. This consists of a crest running parallel with the posterior transverse crest and close to it, along its posterior side. It forms the border of the tooth for a short distance, but as its direction is slightly obliquely forwards as well as outwards, the posterior cingulum appears for a very short distance. The first true molar is subquadrate in outline. The anterior transverse crest commences at the middle-anterior ridge, and is first transverse, then directed a little obliquely backwards. The second crest commences at the apex of the posterior external crescent, leaving a wide posterior marginal 1881.] 385 (Cope. fossa. Its internal extremity is broken off. Posterior to, and in contact with it, the posterior cingulum rises in a crest, which occupies the internal half only of the border. Its inner border is imperfect. It appears to me to be probable that the normal] posterior crest is turned posteriorly on itself so as to give the ‘‘ pot hook’’ shape seen in the anterior crest of the fourth permanent premolar. The corresponding accessory crest in the fourth temporary premolar appears to have been distinct at its internal extremity. The second true molar has a more oblique posterior external crest, and the posterior internal is oblique and simple. It hag narrow anterior and pos- terior basal cingula. There is no tubercle between the inner bases of the transverse crests of this or the last true molar. The latter is characterized by the rudimental character of the posterior external crescent crest, which is shortened like that of Hyrachyus. The transverse crests are curved backwards; the posterior is short and simple. The canines are small, and are directed forwards. The extremity of the muzzle being broken, the relation of the incisors cannot be stated, but there was not probably any precanine diastema. An incisor preserved has the crown transversely expanded, and rather oblique. The third and fourth inferior premolars are the deciduous ones, and are both three-lobed, but differ in the forms of the anterior lobe. In the third, it is narrow and incurved, as in the corresponding permanent teeth of some Artiodactyla. The transverse crests of the true molars are rather oblique, running forwards as well as outwards. Their external extremities are bent at right angles, and there results a short descending crest running forwards and inwards; the anterior one turns inwards, again forming a transverse anterior ledge. No cingula on internal or external bases of crown ; a rudimental posterior one. Measurements of Cranium. M. Length from front of canine tooth to end of occipital CONAYleS . 1... eee eee eee eee newer ee ees .128 Length from same to postglenoid process...........--- .096 Ss ae «to end of last molar............---- .069 s «s ‘* to first premolar..... sgasa News teas 015 s ee “* to line of front of orbit........-...- 044 Width between superciliary borders........--.-..-++++ 046 “of zygomata at orbits. .....--. 6. eee eee eee eee 064 “* of brain-case at glenoid surface..........+.+++- 048 «of occipital condyles......-----+eeeee eee eres 023: «* of basioccipital bone between ossa petrosa...... .006 Distance between postglenoid and posttympanic pro- CESSES... 6. ee eee ee eee roearanass peeks genase ss 014 Depth of occiput behind......-..... 0. see eee reser ee 088 “of mandible from condyle. ...--..+-++-+. creer 040 “of mandibular ramus at third premolar......... .014 ‘at diastema (axial) .......ce ee cece eee eee .009 Least width of symphysis..... aiaae deunasorine ees PERE RUES N O11 Cope.) 386 [April 15, Measurements of Cranium. M. / § anteropos- Diameter crown third permanent premolar terior... .007 transverse. .005 Anteroposterior diameter crown first premolar......... 0045 Diameters crown first true molar ee aa on anteropos- Diameters crown second inferior true molar terior 011 transverse. .0075 Diameter of root of inferior canine near crown......... .0035 Vertebre. The atlas is about as long relatively as that of the horse. Its transverse processes have more anteroposterior than transverse extent. The summit of the neural arch has a median ridge separating two grooves. The inferior surface of the centrum has a nearly median, obtuse hypa- pophysis. The axial facets are well separated below. The vertebrarterial canal pierces the base of the transverse process behind and below, and notches it deeply anteriorly. Above this notch the usual perforation of the arch is present. The axis is not relatively quite so long as that of the horse ; it isa little longer than in Hyrachyus cwimius, but rather shorter than in Hyracodon arcidens (Pl. CII, Fig. 7). The atlantal facets are spread well apart, and the articulating surface of the odontoid does not connect with them. The latter is rather long, is obtuse, and slightly recurved ; it has no raised borders. Between the atlantal faces the inferior surface is plane. Posterior to this the middle line bears a prominent keel. The diapophyses are long, narrow and recurved, and each is pierced at the base by the ver- tebrarterial canal. ._The posterior articular face is but little concave, and a little oblique, and is a little wider than long. The succeeding cervicals regularly diminish in length, and become more strongly opisthocelous, the seventh having quite a ball in front. The sixth has a slender diapophysis directed posteriorly, and quite distinct from the wide and long parapophysis which is directed downwards and out- wards. The posterior angle of the latter extends as far back as the cen- trum. The seventh has only a flat transverse diapophysis. The first dorsal has a very stout diapophysis excavated below for the rib tubercle. The diapophyses of the third and fourth dorsals are not so stout. The ca- pitular fossee are large. The centra of the anterior dorsals are flattened below ; they are concealed in part by the matrix in this specimen. The neural spine of the sixth cervical is narrow, and is directed forwards. That of the seventh is vertical, and narrows rapidly from a base which is rather wide anteroposteriorly. The spines of the dorsals are wider, and are directed gently posteriorly ; they are probably long, judging from the size of their bases. ; Measurements of Vertedra. M. Length centrum of atlas on side........ saint ae ws eee 027 es x i belOWicxs< sees as tasieear nnd -010 Width f se “posteriorly ...........- 030 1881. | 387 aes - Measurements of Vertebre. M. Width transverse process of atlas..........0.....ee005 010 Vertical diameter neural and odontoid canal......... -. .015 Length axis to odontoid process....... teed ite Peed gad .033 ‘* odontoid process....... Haitians Mesh iaeesea tak eo aysbions 007 Diam. centrum behind | vertical { ee ae transverse......... abies ee eee 0115 Length of centrum of fifth cervical.............5 eoeeee 080 oe se seventh.......... Sa Rektsiction avieh 017 o o second dorsal.............-200- .014 Anteroposterior diameter of base of neural spine of second dorsal...........0... ee eeee sanen ewer we 010 Expanse of head and tubercle of first rib.............. -012 Fore Limb.—The greater part of the blade of the scapula ig lost. The neck is stout, and the coracoid is a short aliform process. The humerus is moderately robust, most so proximally. The greater tuberosity is a strong- ly ineurved crest, with truncate summit, which is a little elevated above the plane of the head, from which it rises rather abruptly. The bicipital ridges are not strong nor prominent. The olecranar fossa is deeper than the coronoid fossa, and they communicate by perforation. The inner part of the condyle is the largest, and forms an acute angle with the interior epicondylar surface. The exterior part of the condyle is divided by an oblique angle of the surface separating an external bevelled band of the same, which narrows to extinction on the posterior side. As compared with the humerus of Hyrachyus eximius, that of Triplopus cubitalis is very similar, differing mainly in two points at the distal extremity. The olecranar fossa is smaller and is less excavated, and its lateral bounding ridges are of unequal elevation ; in 7. cubditalis they are equal. The ulna and radius are more than one-fourth longer than those of H. eximius. Although they are entirely distinct throughout, the ulna is quite slender anterior to the proximal third. The shaft is much more slender than that of Hyrachyus eximius. The olecranon is compressed, deep, and truncate behind. The distal epiphysis is remarkable for its length, being twice as long as that of the radius. The head of the radius is subequally divided by fosse, the external being the shallower. The inferior or ulnar facet is regularly and gently convex downwards, and is bounded behind by a roughened ridge, which, near the external border turns backwards to the humeral border. The shaft of the radius is robust and flattened. The carpal facet of the radius is contracted, and has three times the superficial area of that of the ulna. The scapholunar dividing ridge is present, but is very low. The scaphoid face is the more excavated, and then rolls back- wards, forming a very narrow posterior facet, which is narrower than that found in the species of Anchithertum. There is no distinct fossa on its inner or posterior border, as in many ungulates. The trapezium and scaphoid are the only bones of the carpus which are wanting. The latter PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xIx. 108. 2W. PRINTED MAY 16, 1881. Cope.] 383 {April 15, is probably wider than long or deep, while both the lunar and cuneiform are longer than wide. The cuneiform has not its external border ex- cavated ; its proximal surface is oblique and continuous, the ulnar and pisiform facets being in line. The pisiform is large, and is enlarged dis- tally; its proximal facets are equal. The exposed face of the trapezoides is rather larger than that of the magnum, and is nearly as large as its own face of contact with the latter. The magnum has the usual great antero- posterior extension, with elevated posterior convexity applied to the fossa of the lunar. Its posterior process is long, nearly equal to the rest of the bone, and is depressed and flattened distally. The metacarpal facet is very concave. The unciform’s anterior or exposed face is a little longer than wide. Its two proximal facets are about equal. It is about as deep as wide, and extends half its length distad to the magnum. Its posterior pro- cess is rather narrow ; it is narrow and abruptly decurved. Distally, the facet for the fifth metacarpal is well marked, and has about half the area of that for the fourth metacarpal. The functional metacarpals are of moderate length as compared with the elongation of the ulnoradius, The third is largely in contact proximally with the uncifurm as well as with the magnum. The condyles are stout, and each is laterally impressed by a fossa. The second and fourth have chiefly lateral presentation, but are not much narrower in the shaft than the median metacarpal. The first phalange of the lateral digit isa little shorter than that of the median, while the seconds are of equal length. The extremity of the second digit reaches the proximal third of the length of the median ungual phalange. The fissure of the ungual phalange reaches the middle of its length. The fifth metatarsal is proximally rather stout; but it soon contracts to a thin rounded extremity, at only one-fifth the length of the fourth. Measurements of Fore Limb. M. Antero-posterior diameter of cotyloid cavity of scapula. . .015 Diameter of head. ofhumerns oe Sais Sers eases . .020 anteroposterior......... .019 e with greater tuberosity. ........... 2.2 e eee .030 Length of humerus on outer side............ 00. c eee eee 110 transverse.......... .021 Diameter humerus at epicondyles | asteropstrio ex- ternally.......... 015 Length: of alnawwsces oisiss ateweau ans coeueees vy eess > 165 fe radius...... Stas eae eres Menereeeeess 141 Depth of olecranon distally .............. 0. cece eee ee 015 Width of ulna at coronoid........ 6... eee eee 015 me ss carpal facet (greatest).............- -. .007 _ radiusiat: head sick siccss vce cvswsisiodadecee 016 “ ee carpal facets......... iipaibeckwies sss 3014 fs fs widest point distally................ .016 Length of carpus at magnum............... stagobterers veee 015 et He UD COLIN 55 ev eieieied ees ees 2's aievene OLS 1881,] 389 [Cope. Measurements of Fore Limb. M. Length of Wi ars, siaiece sic ccs acdacid ae eeaeentws esis va sans .010 Depth BS: Ta sete arareanen estan gas ql aueeacniat hie weed O11 Length of magnum..............ecee cence cece eee ees 005 Depth Ret, Biv AB tare ee aiciale die egies wet ena aimee 017 Length unciform........... cece cece cca ce ceecneeuceees .009 Width HE! Gecatisanas acess Gag adayeatnailaleareamtens Ge suleas ne 009 Depth €s (tOtH)) cy er neta euddn aera veessee -014 a sf of inferior facets..............2.000005 007 Length of third metacarpal........0ceesseeeee seavees .068 Proximal diameter third metacarpal { anteroposterior... .008 transverse....... 008 Length of fifth metacarpal.............0.0 cece cece cees 012 ne median series of phalanges............00.05 027 bie first median phalange..................0008. -010 Width of do. proximally...........c. cece cece cece ees .008 Length of second phalange...............0cece cece eees .006 proximally ...... .0070 Widths of median ungual phalange Yea see ebgg ta -0055 greatest.......... -007 The body of this animal was about the size of that ofa red fox. The legs were more slender or elevated, and the head of course was shorter and thick. The unique specimen on which our knowledge of this species rests was cut from a block of calcareous sandstone of the bed of the Washakie basin of the Bridger Epoch, near South Bitter creek, Wyoming Territory. The bones are generally in the relation of the position in which the animal died. The neck is depressed and the left fore leg raised so as to be in contact with it, and the head is raised so as to clear the left wrist. TRIPLOPUS AMARORUM Cope. The characters of the fore-foot of this species being unknown, it is not possible to determine its generic position. It has, however, one of the well-marked characteristics of the genus Triplopus, in the osseous enclo- sure of the meatus auditorius externus, through the ossification of the ex- ternal prolongation of the otic bulla, and tympanic cartilage. I cannot therefore refer it to Hyrachyus. It is represented by a skull from which a large part of both maxillary bones and the mandible have been lost, and which is accompanied by parts of the ulna and radius, parts of the ilium, a femur, and tibia, and nearly all of the posterior foot of the right side. The posterior parts of both max- illary bones remain, and they support each, the last superior molar tooth from which the external wall has been broken away. The portions of molars remaining exhibit characters which lead me to suspect that the Cope.) 390 [April 15, species does not belong to Hyrachyus. The anterior cross-crest of the molar preserved, is lobate, resembling the same ridge in the species of An- chitherium. The posterior cross-crest is uninterrupted. If this species possesses affinity with Anchitherium, it will perhaps possess three digits of the manus, in which case it will be reterred to the Triplopide, in harmony with the indication furnished by the ear structure. The Triplopus amarorum is much larger than the 7’. cwd¢tal’s, equalling the Hyracodon nebrascensis. It differs from the 7. cwbitalés in the stronger temporal ridges, and more elevated sagittal crest ; also, in the shorter post- tympanic process. The internal lobes of the last superior molar are con- nected by a basal ledge, not found in the 7. cubitalis. The interorbital space is wide and flat, and is most expanded at the post- orbital angles. From this point the face contracts rapidly forwards, From the same angle it contracts abruptly posteriorly to the rather narrow brain-case. The anterior temporal ridges are nearly transverse near the postorbital processes, and then converge more gradually, uniting opposite the posterior inferior border of the zygomatic fossa. The elevated sagittal crest diverges into two lateral supraoccipital crests, which contract as they descend, and continue to the extremities of the posttympanic processes. Although the postorbital angles are prominent, they cannot be called processes. The paroccipital processes are large, and are directed vertically downwards. They are separated by the usual concavity from the occipital condyles. The posttympanics are very short, forming only an angle projecting downwards at the anterior base of the paroccipitals, from which they are only separated by a notch. The inferior side of the tympanic bone is flat near the meatus, but opposite the stylomastoid fossa its posterior border is turned forwards, and is produced into a well marked process. It encloses a groove in front of it, which is continuous with the pterygoid fossa. The petrous bone is not inflated, and its inferior surface is divided into two longitudinal ridges. The inner is the less prominent, and is in close contact with the basioccipital. The postglenoid processes are robust and obtuse. The basioccipital is excavated in front of each of the con- dyles. The inferior surface is nearly flat, with a slight median keel. The pterygoid fossa is well defined, and is long and narrow. The posterior nareal trough is elongate, the descending pterygoid processes of the sphenoid originating as far back as the apex of the os petrosum. This species is es- pecially characterized by the presence of an acute keel-like ridge, which extends horizontally above the foramina sphenoérbitale and opticum, and turns upwards anterior to the latter, terminating a half inch below the in- ferior base of the postorbital process. All the foramina are below it, but there is a fossa above it, opposite the interspace between the f. opticum and f. sphenoorbitale. : A supraorbital foramen pierces the frontal bone, a quarter of an inch within the superciliary border. There are five or six postparietal foramina, two of which are nearly on the squamosal suture. There is a postsqua- 1881.) 391 ieope, mosal foramen, and also a not very small supraglenoid foramen. There is a small foramen anterior to the optic, and in line with the posterior part of the postfrontal angle. The foramen opticum is large, and is 10mm. in front of the f. sphenodrbitale. The latter isseparated by a lamina from the large and vertically oval f. rotundum. The latter is joined by the large alisphenoid ‘canal, whose posterior orifice is as large as the foramen ovale. The latter is large, and is well separated from the f. lacerwm anterius. The f. f. lacera are well closed up, the poster?us being reduced to what is probably the jugular foramen. The f. condyloidewm is large, and is an anteroposter- iorly placed oval. Its anterior extremity is opposite to and well separated from the f. jugulare. The nasal bones are spread out posteriorly, and their posterior extremi- ties are truncate. The coronal suture passes downwards at the narrowest part of the cranium behind the postfrontal angles. The squamosal bone does not reach the frontal. The parietal does not extend so far posterior- ly as the lateral occipital crests, except near the squamosal. The characters of the last superior molars have already been mentioned. The posterior transverse crest is uninterrupted, but the anterior consists of closely united internal and median lobes. The division is marked on the posterior side, and on the edge of the crest; the anterior face is plane. The longitudinal external crest sends a strong protuberance into the head of the valley, which is grooved on its surface. There is a strong anterior basal cingulum which rises to an anterior cusp. On numerous surfaces the enamel is slightly rugose. The inferior canine teeth are in continuous se- ries with the incisors, and are slightlv larger than they. Measurements of Skull. M. Length from line connecting anterior borders of orbits to occipital crest......... 0.0. eee eee saan iacsces. 0,182 Length from line connecting posterior borders of orbits to occipital crest............. 0. ee Leases -100 Width between.postorbital angles.............ee eens .100 ae ‘anterior borders of orbits............+ 076 Elevation of occiput. .......... see ee eee eee eee eee _ 065 Width between mastoid ridges.............eee eee eee 065 “ “ ossa petrosa at middle............---- 018 . : . anteroposterior... .0200 Diameters third superior true molar { ne "0205 anteroposte- Diam. second superior true molar (base) | HOw sioee .0200 transverse... .0150 The portion of ilium remaining exhibits a rather narrow neck and a concave external face. A fragment of the femur shows a prominent third trochanter, with an obtusely rounded apex. ‘The distal part of the fibula is not codssified with the tibia. Its shaft is exceedingly slender. The angles bounding the trochlear grooves and ridges of the tibia are of sub-equal Cope.] 392 [April 15, lengths. The median ridge is rather wide ; the inner malleolus is narrow, has no distal facets and no distinct tendinous grooves externally. The posterior foot is both relatively and absolutely smaller than that of Hyrachyus eximius. The trochlea of the astragalus is narrower and more deeply grooved. The crests are obtuse, and not so narrowed as in Meso- hippus bairdt, nor are the malleolar facets of the astragalus so sharply de- fined as in the latter species. The external ligamentous fossa is, however, deep, and is bounded anteriorly by a low trihedral tuberosity not found in the M. bairdi. The head of the astragalus is not sessile as in UM. batrdi, and has rather the proportions of H. ewimius. The cuboid facet is a bevel of the external side of the distal extremity, as in H. evimius, and is not on a produced ledge, asin M. bairdt. The internal tuberosity of the head is not as much developed as in either of the species named. The navicular face of the astragalus is horizontally divided by a shallow ligamentous fossa. The calcaneum is much like that of Hyrachyus eximius. The cuboid face is less oblique than in that species, in the anteroposterior direction, and is less crescentic in outline than in VM. baird?. The sustentaculum is rather more extended transversely than in H. ewimius, but resembles that species more than the M. bairdi, in wanting the deep groove at its base on the inferior side, which cuts it off from the rest of the calcaneum. The remainder of the inferior surface is fat, and not grooved for a tendon as in H. eximius. The remainder of the tarsus includes the usual five bones, the three cuneiforms being present. They are in general a good deal like the corre- sponding bone of Hyrachyus eximius. The navicular differs in having a low transverse ridge on its proximal face, which fits the ;,groove of the astragalus already mentioned. The hook of the cuboid is large. The ex- ternal (anterior) face of the mesocuneiform has one-third the superficial area of the anterior face of the ectocuneiform. The entocuneiform is rather ‘large, and is flat and subsemicircular. Its position is externo-posterior. The ectocuneiform presents facets to both the second and fourth metatar- sals, that with the latter the largest. The distal halves of the metatarsals are lost. At their proximal portions they are of subequal width, as in Hyrachyus eximius, but the lateral ones are rather narrower at the middles of the shafts. Measurements. M. Width of distal extremity of tibia..................008- 029 ss astragalar face OO sete ts iis ta VeOwaee AER .019 Length of inner malleolus.............. Siscea aR ead SBS 007 a astragalus on inner side. .....-..e.eeeee see 2080 Depth of trochlea os Ec moba dace sha psec ds 017 ee head ae ES yieitatee oie its aioe Gh ie gees -0145 Width of trochlea....... sare we wis eset esas tas si wines xe OLS fe Havicular faceticss cies edcnncawscemaane ss + 0195 Length of head from inner crest of trochlea. sneser seen 005 ue CHL CHT SUNT. gis 2 5552 ers feces ytamanasd Sears ave ore Gheuea edeer. 058 1881.] 393 [Cope. . Measurements. M. Length of free part of caleaneum..............00.0000. 037 Distal depth of the caleaneum................0.00 ee eee .016 Diameters cuboid face caleaneum { BENENG POS IEROE asi wes transverse.......... .0145 Length of navicular...... Sia ausaeae oe cam oe ye «s+. 008 sf CUDOM c2cceves ccy daaee deere oe ae seoeeee 00145 Transverse proximal width of three metatarsals ........ .027 Diameters of second metatarsal ' ETO EAST eben at transverse...... eee 007 Antero-posterior diameter of third metatarsal........... .0145 Diameters of fourth metatarsal beeen Che hag Le transverse............ .012 This species was obtained in 1873 from the bad lands of South Bitter creek, Wyoming, from the Washakie basin of the Bridger formation. The locality is the same as that which furnished the Triplopus cubitalis, the Achenodon insolens, etc. HYRACODONTID &. This family, which I characterized in 1879, includes, so faras yet known, the single genus Hyracodon, which is found in the Oligocene White river formation of North America. According to Marsh, the digits of this genus number three on both anterior and posterior limbs. It has a full series of incisor teeth in both jaws. RHINOCERID&. This extensive family has left representatives in all parts of the Northern Hemisphere, and species still exist in the Old World. From the following table the range of variation of its genera can be readily seen : I. Four anterior digits. Incisors 2; canine 9; no horn; posttympanic bone distinct, Aceratherium. II. Three anterior digits. a. Posttympanic process not coéssified with postglenoid. Incisors ?; canines 2; no dermal horn ...........sceeeeee eens Cenopus. Incisors }; canines 2; no dermal horn........... Rees sseeee Aphelops. Incisors ¢; canines 2; no dermal horn............ + soeeeenne Peraceras. Incisors +; canines 2; a tuberosity for a dermal horn on each nasal bone. Diceratherium. Incisors } ; canines 2; a median dermal nasal horn......... Ceratorhinus. Incisors 3; canines 9.......... 00. c cece eee feed Hataivee ese odes Zalabis. Incisors £; canines 2 ; dermal horn median ; no osseous nasal septum.... Atelodus. aa. Posttympanie process codsified with postglenoid ; Incisors }; canine 2; dermal horn median ; nasal septum not ossified.... Rhinocerus. Incisors 2; canine 3; dermal horn median ; nasal septum ossified........ Calodonta Cope.| 394 [April 15, It can readily be seen that the genera above defined form a graduated series, the steps of which are measured principally by successive modifica- tions of four different parts of the skeleton. These are, first, the reduction of the number of the toes of the auterior foot ; second, the reduction in the number and development of the canine and incisor teeth ; third, the degree of closure of the meatus auditorius externus below ; and, fourth, in the de- ‘velopment of the dermal horns of the nose and its supports. While these characters have that tangible and measurable quantity which renders them available for generic diagnosis, there are others which possess a similar significance, and which I have noticed in an article published in the bulle- tin of the U. 8. Geological Survey of the Territories for September 1879. This series may be represented in genealogical relation, as follows :* Celodonta. / Rhinocerus. Atelodus. Ceratorhinus. Peraceras. % / Aphelops. Zalabis. Cenopus. Diceratherium. The early type, which corresponds most nearly with Canopus, and which preceded both it and the Aceratheria in time, is the genus Triplopus Cope, which has left a species in the Upper Bridger of Wyoming. Here the incisors are probably 3 and the canines +. This formula is that of the Kocene tapirs, where the normal numbers #4 prevail. TZriplopus further differs in the primitive condition of the premolars above, which, as in the Lophiodontida, differ from the molars in their greater simplicity. Thus it is probable that tapiroids, probably Lophiodontide, gave origin to the Rhinocerrde, as Marsh has suggested. And it is further altogether probable that the general type of deutition presented by the Rhinoceride, Lophiodontide, etc., which I have named the paleotheriodont, took its origin from the type which is intermediate between it and the bunodont, viz, the symborodont, as I have pointed out in an essay on this subject. The first appearance of dermal horns was apparently in a pair placed transversely on the nasal bones, in species of Eocene Lophiodontide of the genus Colonoceras. The same character has been observed by Marsh in species of the Lower Miocene, which probably belong to the true Rhino- ceride, and which he has called Dicerathertum. This genus appears to have terminated the line exhibiting this structure, and the family in North America remained without horn. As we have seen, the types possessing the median horn arose in Europe, in the Ceratorhinus schleiermachert of the Middle Miocene, and still survives. *See American Naturalist, 1880, p, 6L1. 1881.] 395 (Cope. It may be observed in conclusion that a successive increase of size in the species of this line has taken place in North America with the advance of geologic time. Thus, their probable ancestors of the genus Triplopus were the least of all. The Cenopoda of the White River formation were larger ; the oldest C. mite, being the smallest. The Aphelopes of the Loup River or Upper Miocene formation were all larger, and were nearly equal to the large existing species. TAPIRID&, The genera of this family are not numerous as yet. The oldest, Lisird- odon, appears in the Middle Miocene (Gers, France), and Tapirus is first found in the Upper Miocene (Epplesheim). The recent species of the fam- ily belong to Tapirus L., and Elasmognathus (Gill). A small species, the Tapirulus hyrucinus Gerv., is from a bed at Perreal, France, which Pictet has identified with the gypsum of Paris (Oligocene). It is sgome- times referred to this family, but is not sufficiently well known to deter- mine its position. In America, Listriodon, or a genus which has not yet been distinguished from it, is found in the Miocenes. The three genera are distinguished as follows : Three anterior premolars different from fourth premolar and true molars ; last inferior molar with heel........ Listriodon. One superior premolar different from true molars; no heel of third inferior molar ; nasal septum cartilaginous.... Tapirus. Like Tapirus, but nasal septum osseous.........++ w.s.... Blasmognathus. CHALICOTHERIID A, Gill; Cope, American Naturalist, 1881, p. 340. This family had numerous representatives during Eocene time, and a few species of Ohalicothertwm extended into Miocene time. The bound- aries which separate the family from the Lophiodontide@ on the one hand and the Menodontide on the other, are not always easy to determine. From the former the symmetrically developed external Vs of the superior molars, and the double Vs of the inferior molars distinguish it. Yet in Rhaga- therium the external Vs are not so well distinguished as in other Chalico- thertide ; and in Propaleotherium, the anterior cingular cusp produces a part of the assymmetry found in the Lophiodontida. The character of the double inner cusps of the superior premolars, which distinguish the Menodontida, is only applicable to the last premolar in Diplacodon of the latter, while a trace of the additional cusp of this tooth is found in the Chalicotheroid Nestorithertwm. In using the following table it must be borne in mind that the number of the toes has been determined in a very few of the genera. Should any of them prove to have but three digits on the anterior foot, such genera must be referred to a new family intermediate between this one and the Paleothertida. ' PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 800. xIx. 108. 2x. PRINTED MAy 16, 1881. Cope.] 396 (April 15, I. Internal cones of superior molars separate from external lobes. A. Cusps of inferior molars not completely united ; a, External lobes of superior molars more or less conic. Inferior premolars III and IV compressed, three lobed; a diastema both behind and before P-m. II...............0000:- hae Rhagatherium. AA, Cusps of inferior molars united into two Vs. a. Incisors present. &. No diastema in front of second inferior premolar. Second premolar without inner lobe; last molar with one inner cone..... Leurocephatus. Second premolar with inner cone; last superior molar with an inner CONC ss av08 wed table nba Hache safewae 6 easy sevbbens ieyemeds ots Palewosyops. Second premolar with inner cone; last superior molar with two inner CONES 3 fo5.i oa, ca eae eank dA Deed AiR a Raed a SDD Sli Limnohyus. £8. Adiastema in front ofsecond inferior premolar. : Two inner cones of last superior molar...............005 Lambdotherium. aa, Incisors absent from both jaws. Last superior molar with one internal cone............... Nestoritherium. II. One or both internal cusps of superior molars united with the exter- nal lobes by cross-crests. : a, External cusps of superior molars more or less conic ; An anteroexternal cingular CUSP...... ese eee eee eee Propaleotherium. aa, External lobes of superior molars, inflected Vs. f. No crescentic inner lobes. No intermediate lobes.......... 0.2.4. Wy ataia deca dak tareiale Ohalicotherium. 8. One or more lobes of each molar crescentic. Intermediate lobes, and one internal cone of superior molars...........- ox Meniscotherium. The following regions have thus far furnished species of the above-men- tioned genera: Europe—Rhagatherium, Propaleotherium, Chalicotherium. N. America—Leurocephalus, Paleosyops, Limnohyus, Lambdotherium, Meniscotherium. Asia—Westoritherium. Of the American genera, Leurocephalus 8. S. & O. has been found by the Princeton exploring expedition of 1877 in the Bridger formation, but I have not met with it myself. Meniscotheritum Copa, is known from a single species found by myself in the Wasatch formation of New Mexico, and described in my report to Capt. G. M. Wheeler (1877). 1881.) 397 [Cope. Fic. 2. Part of right maxillary bone of Meniscotherium chamense Cope, from the Wasatch bed of New Mexico. From Report Capt. G. M. Wheeler, IV, ii, Pl. LXVI. MENODONTID 2. The known genera of this family are not numerous. They are defined as follows: I. Vs of inferior molars probably incomplete ; superior molars with in- termediate tubercles. Internal cusps of superior molars well separated..............0. Acoéssus. II. Inferior molars with the crowns thrown into two Vs; superior molars without intermediate tubercles. a, Last superior premolar only with two inner tubercles. Incisors present..... save reals comer amiateca alta Nese aa de adver ach gestae tea Diplacodon. aa, All the superior premolars with two interior cusps. Six inferior incisors, canines very large........ (ow Seat beeen Deodon. Six inferior incisors; canines very small........ ......-.2-.0.. Menodus. No inferior, and four small superior incisors ; canine very small.......... Symborodon. The first appearance of this family was in the Early Eocene in the genus Acoéssus Cope, which was a cotemporary of Hyracother’um, and which it resembles in some respects. Its typical species was called Hyracotherium siderolithicum by Pictet, its describer, but Kowalewsky has already ex- pressed the opinion that the species does not belong to that genus. It is from the Lower Eocene of Mauremont, Switzerland. The remaining genera are, as yet, American, excepting one, which is represented by an Austrian species, not yet well known. Diplacodon, in its simpler pre- molars, approaches the Chalicotheriide, and is the oldest of the American genera. Itis fromthe Uinta or Upper Eocene. Menodus and Symborodon, - which include some species of gigantic size, belong in the White river or Oligocene, while Deodon has so far only been obtained from the Truckee or Upper Oligocene. Cope.) 398 [April 15, MACRAUCHENIID &. But one genus of this family is known at the present time. The follow- ing are the dental characters of Macrauchenia. Formula: I. $; C.+; P.m. ¢; M. 3, forming an uninterrupted series. The superior molars pre- sent two external Vs, and two oblique transverse crests, somewhat as in Palgotherium. The spinous foramina pierce the neural arch of the dorsal vertebre (Gervais). There is no intertrochlear crest of the humerus, but the carpal facets of the radius are well distinguished. The internal malleo- lus is small, but the fibular malleolus is codssified with the tibia at an early age, and articulates with the calcaneum. The trochlea of the astralagus is well developed. The Jateral digits are large, and the distal keels of the metapodials are continued on the anterior face of the condyle. The position indicated by the above characters is a remarkable one. The uninterrupted dental series and the absence of intertrochlear humeral crest, are primitive features among ungulate Mammalia. The radiocarpal articulation is facetted as in higher ungulates, but lacks the inferior condy- loid face of those types. The completeness of the metapodial distal keels is a feature of high specialization, only seen in the Hquid@ of this order. The codssification of the external malleolus is also a character peculiar to the Hguide among the Perissodactyla. There are two other characters which are not elsewhere found in this order, viz: the articulation of the fibula with the calcaneum, and the absence of the vertebrarterial canal. The former belongs to the Artiodactyla generally, and to the Proboscide, and the latter to the ruminant family of the Camelide. Thus the Macrau- chentide stand out as one of the most distinct of the families of the Perisso- dactyla, and one to which we may anticipate considerable accessions in future. But two species of Macrauchenia are known, a larger, M. patachonica, and asmaller, M. baliviensis, both from the Pliocene formation of South America. PALZOTHERIIDZ. This family has been already defined on page 378. In its complex pre- molar teeth, which in the upper jaw resemble the molars in composition, it shows an advance over the Chalicotheroid and other genera of the Lower Eocene. In fact, it has not been found in the Lower Eocene, but com- mences in the Upper Eocene in the genera Paleotherium and Paloplothe- rium. Thence it extends to the very summit of the Miocene, and may even occur in the European Pliocene (Protohippus). Its members exhibit considerable range of variation in the details of the teeth and feet, but no striking break of family importance occurs. The most noteworthy inter- ruption is that which is found between the Puleothering and Hippotheriina, where there isa change in the form of the proximal extremity of the humerus from a tapiroid to a horse-like form, and a modification of similar significance in the molar teeth, by the addition of a deposit of cementum. 1881.] . 399 [Cope. The characters of the genera are as follows : I. Paleotheriine. Bicipital groove of humerus simple ; teeth without cementum. a, One or more internal tubercles of superior molars distinct. External Vs of superior molars not well distinguished externally......... Anchilophus. External Vs separated by a vertical rib; intermediate tubercles not con- necting fore and aft... ........cce cece cece eee eee Paloplotherium. External Vs separated ; intermediate tubercles extended fore and aft...... Anchippus. aa, Internal tubercles of superior true molars continuous with the transverse ridges, Inferior molars with two Vs only; lateral toes large.........Paleotherium. Inferior molars with distinct internal tubercles ; lateral toes small; a short fifth metacarpal...... Shais Ma seieniestockawenheeseece Mesohippus. Inferior molars with cusps at the inner extremities of the Vs; lateral toes small; no fifth metacarpal................ teceeveeee Anchitherium, Il. Aippotheriine. Bicipital grooove of humerus double; molars with cement in the valleys. (Intermediate tubercles connected fore and aft. ) a, One or more internal tubercles of superior molars distinct. Inner lobes of inferior molars enlarged............eeeee005 Hippotherium. aa. Internal tubercles of molars not distinct, Inner lobes of inferior molars enlarged.......... KORG ew eg ae Protohinpus. The genera of this family are generally of less antiquity than those of the Chalicothertide, and they range from the Middle Eocene to the Plio- cene. Paloplotherium is found in the Middle Eocene, and is, as might have been anticipated, more nearly allied to the Chalicothertid@ than any other genus of this family. Propaleotherium is not far removed from it. An- chilophus is upper Eocene, and is allied to the genus just named, and also to Puchynolophus among the Lophiodontide. These early genera consti- tute by their similarity, the bond of connection between the three families which in their later and specialized forms are very different from each other. Paleotherium is chiefly found in the Upper Eocene, and Mesohip- pus is only known from the White river or Oligocene, an age between Eocene and Miocene.